Nokia 6155 User Manual
Nokia 6 155 Userâ s Guide i 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -9 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
LEGAL INFOR MATION Copyright é2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Nokia 6155, Pop-Portâ¢, and the Nokia Original Enhancements logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia Corporation. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks or trade names of their respe ctive owne rs. Copyright é1999-2005. Tegic C ommunications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA S ecur ity . Java⢠is a trademark of Sun Microsys tems, Inc. The information contained in this user guide was writt en for the Nokia 6155 products. Nokia operates a policy of ongoing development. Nokia res erves t he right to make c hanges to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO C IRCUMSTANCES SHALL NO KIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A NY LOSS OF DATA O R INCOME O R ANY SPECI AL, INCIDEN TAL, AND CO NSEQUENT IAL OR INDIR ECT DAMAG ES HOWSOEVER CAUSED. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRA NTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E, ARE MADE IN RELATION T O THE ACCURA CY AND RELIABILITY O R CONTENTS OF THIS D OCUMENT. NOKIA RESERV ES THE RIGHT TO REVISE T HIS DOCUMENT O R WITHDRAW IT AT ANYTIME W ITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTRO LS This device may contain commodities, technology, or software subject to export laws and regulations from the U.S. and other countries. Diversion contrary to law is prohibited. 9243644 Issue 1 ii 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -8 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contents For you r safety ............................... vii About your device .. ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. vii i Network servic es... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... viii Shared memory ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .....ix Welcome ........................ ................... x Getting he lp ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... x Find y our phon e label .......... ..... .... ..... x Nokia support and contact informati on .... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. x 1. Phone at a gla nce ........................ 1 Keys and parts ..... .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .... 1 Standby mode........ ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 2 Quick keys........ ..... .... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... .... 2 Indicators and ic ons ........... ..... ..... .... .... 2 Phone menus ......... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 3 Scroll method .......... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... . 3 In-phon e help....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 4 Lock code security sett ings......... .... .... 4 Go to functions ....... ..... ..... ..... ........ .... .... 5 Choose Go to functi ons .... ..... ....... .... 5 Organise fu nctions...... ..... ..... ....... ..... . 5 2. Set up yo ur phone .... ................... 6 Antenna ....... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ........ .... .... 6 Battery . ..... ..... ........ .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... 6 Remove th e back cover ....... ..... ....... . 7 Remove the bat tery . ........ ..... ..... .... .... 7 UIM card slot........ ..... ..... ..... ........ .... .... 7 Replace t he batter y ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 7 Replace t he back cover ....... ..... .... .... 8 Charge the batt ery........ ........ ..... .... .... 8 Turn your phone on or off ...... ..... ....... . 9 Connect the he adset ....... ..... ..... ....... .... 9 Make a call ........... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 9 Keypad........ ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... . 9 Contact s list... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... .... 10 Last dia lled num ber ........ ........ ..... .... 10 Confere nce calling .......................... . 10 Answer cal ls ... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... .. 10 An incoming call ........... ..... ..... ..... .... 10 Adjust th e earpiece volume .......... 11 Answer a ca ll wi th t he ke ypad locked ...... ........ ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 11 Loudspeaker.......... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 11 Call options......... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 11 Keyguard .... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 12 Lock the key pad ... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 12 Unlock the k eypad ..... ..... ..... ........ .... 12 3. Text entry .. ................................. 13 Standard mode ........ ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 13 Text (Abc) ......... ........ .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 13 Numbers (1 23) ... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 13 Punctuation a nd special characters.... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 13 Predictive text m ode ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 13 Activate or deactivat e ........... ..... .... 14 Text entr y ......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 14 Change case and mode............. ..... .... 14 4. Message s .................... ................ 1 5 Text messages... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ....... 15 Compose and s end........ ..... ..... ..... .... 15 Read message ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 16 Reply to message ....... ..... ..... ..... ....... 17 Templates ....... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ........ .... 17 Text message fol ders......... ..... ..... .... 18 Distribution li st .... ....... ..... ..... ..... ....... 19 Delete mess ages ............ ..... ..... ..... .... 19 Change sendi ng options..... ..... ..... .. 20 Change other settings ...... ..... ....... .. 20 Multimedia mess ages...... ..... ....... ..... .. 21 MMS settings .......... .... ..... ..... ..... ....... 22 Voice mess ages .......... .... ........ ..... ..... .... 26 iii 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -7 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Save voice mailbox number........ .. 26 Call and setup voice mail .. ....... ..... 27 Listen t o v oice mes sages .......... ..... 27 Automate voic e mail .......... ..... ..... .. 27 Clear voice mail icon ....... ..... ..... ..... 28 Web messaging ... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... 28 5. Call registe r .................. .............. 29 View missed c alls ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... 29 View receiv ed call s ......... ..... ........ ..... .. 29 View diall ed numbers... ..... ..... ....... ..... 30 View call t imes . ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 30 Delete c all register s ........ ..... ..... ..... ..... 30 Call duration....... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .. 30 Data and fax call duration ........ ....... 31 Minibrowser duration .. ..... ....... ..... ..... 31 6. Contacts ....................... .............. 33 Add new contacts .... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... 33 Save conta ct name an d number . 33 Save contact number on ly ....... ..... 33 Save an entry ......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... 33 Save numbers and text items .... .. 33 Change default number ..... ....... ..... 34 Caller groups ........ .... ..... ..... ........ ..... .. 34 Set up speed dials ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... 34 Voice tags......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... 35 Assign a voice t ag to an entry ..... 35 Dial a number . ..... .... ..... ..... ........ ..... .. 36 Voice tags .......... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... 36 Edit contacts l ist ent ries .... ..... ..... ..... 36 Delete c ontacts entr ies ...... ..... ..... ..... 37 Access the con tacts menu...... ..... ..... 37 Search for a name ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... 38 Configure setti ngs ............ ..... ..... ..... 38 Send and receive con tacts ..... ........ .. 38 Send a bu siness card .......... ..... ....... 38 7. Camera ........................... ............. 39 Take a photo ......... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ........ 39 Record a video cli p .... .... ..... ........ ..... 40 Self-ti mer ....... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ... 41 Settings ......... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 41 8. Gallery ........................... ............. 42 Folders ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... 42 9. Media ............ .............................. 44 Media player.... ..... ..... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... 44 Radio... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ... 44 Turn the radio on and off ......... ..... 4 5 Recorder ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... 46 Record speech or sou nd....... ..... ..... 4 6 Options ....... ..... ........ ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ... 46 Media equalis er ... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 47 Activate an equa liser set.......... ..... 4 7 10. Settings ....................... ............. 48 Profiles ......... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 4 8 Personalis e a profile .......... ..... ..... ... 48 Set a timed profile ........ ..... ..... ..... ... 48 Themes .... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 49 Main displ ay settings....... ..... ..... ..... ... 49 Wallpaper ............ ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 49 Screen saver ........ ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ... 49 Power saver ......... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ... 49 Colour s chemes .......... .... ..... ..... ........ 50 Choose a banner ... ..... .... ..... ........ ..... 50 Backlight time-o ut........ ..... ........ ..... 50 Mini displa y settings .... .... ........ ..... ..... 50 Wallpaper ............ ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 50 Screen saver ........ ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ... 50 Power saver ......... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ... 51 Colour s chemes .......... .... ..... ..... ........ 51 Tone sett ings ... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 51 Time and date sett ings .. ....... ..... ..... ... 52 Clock..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... 52 Date .... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ... 52 Date and time auto-u pdate..... ..... 5 2 iv 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -6 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call setti ngs ......... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... .. 52 Anykey answ er ... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .... 52 Preferred c arrier ....... ..... ..... ........ .... .. 52 Automatic redial....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 52 Speed dials ... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .. 53 Open fold to answer ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 53 Calling card ........................................ 53 Data or fax cal ls .......... ..... ..... ....... .... 54 Call s ummary...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .... 5 4 Ringing tone for no caller ID ........ 55 Abbreviated dialling .. ...................... 55 Internat ional prefix ........... ..... ..... .... 55 Video ringing t one ........ ..... ..... ....... .. 55 Phone settings ..... .... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... .. 55 Phone lang uage ... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .. 55 Memory stat us . .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .. 55 Automatic keyguard ............. ..... .... .. 55 DTMF to nes .... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 56 Start-up tone .......... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 56 Help text activat ion .......... ..... ..... .... 56 Connectiv ity .... ..... .... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... .. 57 Infrared ......... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .. 57 Voice c ommands and voi ce tags ..... 57 Hands-free operation...... ..... ....... .... 58 Enhancemen t set tings..... ..... ..... ..... .... 5 9 Headset ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .... 59 Hands-free operation...... ..... ....... .... 59 Charger..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... .. 59 Security s ettings . .... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... .. 60 Phone lock........... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... 60 Allow n umbers ... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... .... 60 Change lock c ode ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 61 Call re strictio ns....... ..... ....... ..... ..... .... 61 Voice pri vacy ...... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 62 Application s ettings .... ..... ..... ........ .... .. 62 Network .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... .... 62 Roaming options ......... ..... ..... ..... ...... 63 Mode ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 63 Network servic es... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 63 Store a feature c ode.......... ..... ..... .... 63 Call di verting . ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 64 Restore factory sett ings.. ........ ..... .... .. 64 11. Organi ser .................................. 65 Alarm clock ....... ..... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... .... 65 Set or cha nge alarm setting ....... .. 65 Repeat ala rm . ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 65 Set the alarm to ne........ ..... ....... ..... .. 65 Snooze time-out ........ ..... ..... ........ .... 65 Alarm conditi ons . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 66 Turn an alarm off ....... ..... ..... ........ .... 66 Calendar .......... ..... ........ .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 66 Open.... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 66 Go to a date.......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 66 Note a specifi c date ............ ..... ..... .. 66 View no tes ( day vi ew)....... ..... ....... .. 67 Options while viewing a list of notes . ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 67 Send a n ote......... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ....... 68 Receive c alendar notes.. ..... ..... ..... .. 68 Notes ...... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 68 To-do list......... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. 69 Add a to-do note........ ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 69 View a to-do note .... ..... ..... ....... ..... .. 69 Calcula tor .......... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ........ .... 70 Currency conver ter ....... ..... ....... ..... .. 70 Countdown time r ... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. 71 Set the timer ........ ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 71 Change the time..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 71 Interrupt th e time r .... ........ ..... ..... .... 71 Stopwatch ......... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 71 Measure t ime .......... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 72 Operation not e.......... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 72 Options......... ..... ........ .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 73 12. Mobi le web ............. ................ 74 Mobile Internet ac cess...... ..... ..... ..... .. 74 Sign on ....... ........ ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ........ .... 75 Navigate the mobile I nternet.... ....... 75 Phone keys .......... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ....... 75 Receive a ca ll while onli ne.......... .. 75 Make an emergency c all while online....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. 75 Clear the cac he and disconn ect... 76 v 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -5 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
13. Extras ....................................... 7 7 Games...... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 77 Collecti on ............ ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 77 Memory ... ..... ........ ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 77 14. PC connectivity ........................ 78 USB data transfe r ......... ..... ..... ....... ..... 78 Transfer w ith Windows Explorer . 78 Nokia PC Suite ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 79 15. Enhanc ements............ .............. 81 16. Batte ry information .. .............. 82 Charging and discharging.. ..... ..... ..... 82 Nokia batte ry authenticatio n guideline s ......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... 83 17. Care and m aintenance ............ 85 18. A dditi onal sa fety in formati on 8 6 Operating env ironment ...... ..... ..... ..... ..86 Medical dev ices ...... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .......86 Vehicles........... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..87 Poten tia lly ex plo sive envir onm ents .87 Emergency cal ls ...... .... ..... ..... ........ ..... ....88 Certification inform ation (SAR) ........88 MANU FACT URERâ S L IMI TED WARRANT Y....................... .............. 91 Index ............................................... 94 vi 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -4 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
For yo ur safe ty Read these simple gu idelines. Not following them may be dangerous or illegal. Read the complete user guide for further information. SWITCH ON SAFELY Do not swit ch the devic e on when wir ele ss ph one u se is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger. ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Obey a ll local laws. Always keep y our ha nds free to opera te th e vehic le wh ile driving. Your first considerati on while driving should be road safety. INTERFERENCE Do not swit ch the devic e on when wir ele ss ph one u se is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger. SWITCH OFF IN HOSPITALS Follow an y restrictions. Switch the device off near medical equi pment. SWITCH OF F IN AIRCRAFT Follow an y restrictions. Wirel ess devices ca n cause interference in aircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REFUELLING Do not use th e device at a refuelling point . Do not use near fuel or chemicals. SWITCH OF F NEAR BLASTING Follow any restrictions. Do not us e the devic e where blasting is in progress. USE SEN SIBLY Use only in the normal position as explained in the product documentation . Do not touch th e antenna unnece ssarily. QUALIFIED SERVIC E Only qualified personne l may install or repair this product. ENHANCEMENTS AND BATTERIES Use only approved enhanc ement s and batteries. Do not c onnect incompatib le products. WATER-RESIST ANCE Your pho ne is not wa ter- r e s i s t a nt . K ee p it d r y. BACK-UP COPI ES Remembe r to make back- up copies or keep a written record of all important information. vii 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -3 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
CONNECT ING T O OTHER DEVI CES When conn ecting to any other device, read its user guide for detailed safety instruction s. Do not connect in compatible products. EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the de vice i s switched on a nd in service. Pres s the e nd ke y as m any times as n eeded to clear th e display and return to th e main screen. En ter the emerge ncy number , t hen pres s the c all key. Give you r location. Do not end the call until given pe rmission to do so. â About your device The wireless devices described in this gui de are app roved for use on the CDMA 800 a nd 1900, and AMPS. Contact your netw ork operator for more information about n etworks. When using the features in this device, obey all laws and respe ct privacy and the legitimate rights of othe rs. Warning: To use any fea tures in this device, other than the alarm clo ck, the device must be switched on. Do no t switch the de vice on when wireless phone u se may cau se interference o r danger. â Network service s To use the d evice you must have service from a network operator. Many of the fea tures in this devi ce depend on features in the wirele ss network to fun ction. These netw ork services may not be availa ble on all networks or y ou may h ave t o make specific arrangements with your network operato r before you can utilise them. Your network operator may need to give you additional instructions for their us e and explain what charges will apply. Some networks ma y have limitations that affect how you can use netw ork services. For instance, some netw orks may not support all la nguage- dependent characters and services. Your netw ork o pera tor may hav e requested that certain fe atures be disabled or not activated in your device. If so, they will not appear on your d evice m enu. Co ntact yo ur network operator fo r more information. viii 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -2 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
â Shared memory The following devic e features may share memory: conta cts; text messages; photos, image s, and tones in gallery; calen dar notes; games; and applications. Use of one or m ore of these f eatur es may reduc e the mem ory available for the remaining feature s sharing memory. If your phone displays a message tha t the memory is full when you try to use a sha red memo ry feature, delete some of the information or entries stored in the shared memory feature s before continuing. Some of the features, such as photos, images, and tones in gallery; text messa ges; and applications ma y have a certain amount of memory specially allott ed to them in addition to th e me mor y s har ed wit h ot her features. ix 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -1 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Wel co m e Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 6155 mobile ph one. Your phone provides many func tions practical for daily use, su ch as a hands- free loud speaker, ala rm clock, calculator, ca lendar, and more. Your phone can also connect to a PC, laptop, or other device using a data cable. To personalise your phone, you can set your favourite ring ton es. â Getting help Find your phone label If you need he lp, Nokia Customer Care is available for assistance. Before calling, we recommend that you write down the Elec tronic serial number (ESN) and have it av ailable. The ESN is found on the type label, which is located be neath the battery on the back of the phone. See âÂÂRemove the back coverâÂÂ, p. 7 and âÂÂRe move the batteryâÂÂ, p. 7. Nokia support and contact information For the latest version of this guide, downloads, services and additional information related to your Nokia pro duct, please vis it www. noki a-asi a.co m/s uppor t or y our local Nokia web site. Should you still require assistance, please refer to www.nokia-asia.com/ conta ctus. To chec k for the nearest Nokia care center location for maintenanc e services, you ma y like to visit www.nokia-asia.com/repai r. x 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 0 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone at a glanc e 1 1. Phone at a glance ⢠Earpiece port (1) â¢D i s p l a y s c r e e n ( 2 ) ⢠Left sel ect ion key (3) ⢠Ca ll ke y (4) ⢠Keypad (5) ⢠Four-way scroll and c enter selection key (6) ⢠Right sele ction key (7 ) ⢠Power ke y and end ke y (8) ⢠Charger port (9) ⢠Pop-Port⢠connector (10) ⢠Microphone ( 11) â Keys and parts ⢠Loudspeaker (1) ⢠Vo ice comm and key ( 2) ⢠Vo lume ke y (3) ⢠Mini display (4 ) ⢠Camera l ens (5) ⢠Camera flas h (6) ⢠Heads et connector ( 7) ⢠Camera and Vi deo key (8 ) ⢠Infrared (9) The vo ice key funct ions are as follo ws: ⢠Short pressâÂÂAnswer an incoming call. ⢠Long pressâÂÂAnswer or make a voice call. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 1 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone a t a glance 2 â Standby mode Depending on your ne twork operator and the model numbe r of your phone, some or all of the following s election keys may appear in standby mode. The standby mode is home base and indicate s your phone is in the idle state. Signal strength (1)âÂÂA higher bar ind icates a strong er netw ork sig nal. Menu (2)â Pres s th e cent er sel ecti on key to selec t this option. Go to ( 3)âÂÂPress the left s election key to select this op tion. Names (4)â Press the right sele ction key to selec t this option. Battery leve l (5)â A higher bar indicate s more power in the batte ry. â Quick keys Note: Depending on y our network operato r and the model number of your phone , some or all of the following quick keys may appear in standby mode. In standby mode, the four-way scroll key instant ly takes yo u to frequen tly-access ed men us: Scroll up or down to view the cont acts list. Scroll right to view th e calendar or network operator menu. Scroll left to quickly create a text message. Pres s the c enter sele cti on ke y to view the main men u or a selected submenu . â Indicators and icons Depending on your wirele ss service provider or network operator and the model number of your phone , some or all of the following indicators and icons may appear in standby mode. You have a new te xt or picture messa ge. See âÂÂT ext mess agesâ , p. 15. You have m issed a call. See âÂÂVie w missed callsâÂÂ, p. 29. You have new voice m essages. See âÂÂVoice messagesâÂÂ, p. 26 . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 2 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone at a glanc e 3 Your phon e ke ypad is lock ed. See âÂÂKeyguardâ , p. 12. Your phone is se t to the silent profile. See âÂÂProfilesâÂÂ, p. 48. The alarm clock is s et to on. See âÂÂAlarm clockâÂÂ, p. 65. The c ountdown t imer is run ning. The stopwatch tim er is running in the background. Integ rated hands-fre e is active. See âÂÂLoudspeakerâÂÂ, p. 1 1. The timed profile is selecte d. See âÂÂProfilesâÂÂ, p. 4 8. or An en hanc ement is connecte d to the phone. See âÂÂEnhancement settingsâÂÂ, p. 59. Voice privacy en cryption is active (or is not active ) in the network. You are in a digita l network. See âÂÂNetwork servicesâÂÂ, p. viii . You are in an ana log network. See âÂÂNetwork servicesâÂÂ, p. viii . You are in a 1XRTT ne twork. See âÂÂNetwork servicesâÂÂ, p. viii . You are roaming outside you r home netwo rk. See âÂÂRoaming optionsâÂÂ, p. 63. Infrared conne ctivity is activated. SeeâÂÂInfraredâÂÂ, p. 57. â Phone menus Phone features are grouped according to function and are ac cessed through the main men us. Each main me nu contains su bmenus and lists from which y ou can se lect or view items an d personal is e your phone f eatu res. To ac cess t hese me nus a nd sub menu s, use th e sc roll metho d or a sho rtcu t. You can ch ange your menu v iew from list to grid. Select Menu > Options > Main men u view > List or Grid . Note: Some features may not be available, depending on your network . For more information, cont act your network opera tor. Scroll method You can use th e four-way scroll key to scroll up, down, left, and right through the options . 1. In standby mode, select Menu , and scroll through the ma in menus. As you scroll through the menus, the menu nu mber appears in the upper right corner of the display. Below the battery level indicator is a scroll bar with a tab that moves up or down on the right side of the display screen as you scroll through the menus, providing a visual 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 3 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone a t a glance 4 representation of your current position in the menu struc ture. 2. When you arrive at a menu, press the cent er sel ect ion key to se lect submenus. â¢S e l e c t Back (the right selectio n key) to ret urn to the previous menu. ⢠Press the en d key to return to standby mode from any menu or submenu. In-phone help Many fea tures have bri ef descriptions (help text ) yo u ca n vie w on the d isp lay. To view the se descriptions, yo u must first activate he lp text as follows. In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Phon e > He lp text activation > On or Off . Scroll to a feature and wait a bout 14 seconds. Scroll down to view all of the description, or select Back to exit . â Lock code security settings Your device has a security option allowing you to lock your phon e with a cod e. Wh en th e co de is se t and tur ned on, no outgoing calls are allowed and the menu c annot be accessed with out entering the corre ct code first. This prevents unauthorised outgoing calls or access to any information stored on your d evice. The Security option is in the Settings menu. The first time you access the Security o ption, you mus t enter a lock code. The default lock code may vary depending on your wireless service provider or network operator. The preset lock code ma y be the last five digits of your phone number, 12345 or 000 00. If none of these work, contact yo ur wireless service provider or network operator for help. You must enter the lock code t o access the following Security option: 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Se curity . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 4 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone at a glanc e 5 â Go to functions The Go t o menu enables you to cha nge the functio n of the left sele ction key on your phone. Wit h this function, you can qu ickl y ac cess your m ost frequently us ed functions from the Go to menu in standby mode. Choose Go to functions 1. In standby mode, select Go t o > Optio ns > Select options . 2. Scroll up or down to highlight the desired function. 3. S ele ct Ma r k to add a function or Unmark to remove a function. 4. S ele ct Do ne when you have added all desired functions. 5. S ele ct Yes to save the changes. 6. In standby mode, select Go t o to display a list of the functions you selected in s tep 2. Organise functions 1. In standby mode, select Go t o > Optio ns > Organise . 2. Scroll up or down to highlight the function you wa nt to rearrange, and select Move > Mo ve up , Mo ve down , M ove to top , or Move to bottom . 3. S ele ct Do ne > Yes to save th e chang es. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 5 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up y our pho ne 6 2. Set up your phone â Antenna Your device has a fixed and e xtendable antenna located at the top of the phone with th e fold closed. Hold the phone wi th the antenn a area pointed up and over your shoulder. Note: Do not touch the antenna unneces sarily with the device swit che d on. Contact with the antenna affe cts cal l quality and may ca use the device to oper ate at a higher power level than othe rwise needed. Not touch ing the antenna area during a phone call optim ises the an tenna performance and battery life. â Battery Note: Alw ays switch off the power, and disconnect the charger and any other device before removin g the cove r. Avoid touching ele ctronic components while changing the cov er. Always sto re and use the de vice with the cov er attached. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 6 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up your phon e 7 Remove the back cover 1. With the ba ck of the phone facin g you, push down on the back cover. 2. Sl ide the back cove r to ward t he bottom of t he phone and re move. Rem ove the batte ry After you have removed th e back cover, ins ert your finger into the finger grip, and lift the battery from its compartm ent. Note: A l w a ys s w it c h o ff t h e device, and disconnect the charger before removing the battery. UIM card slot Your phone has a UIM (CDMA SIM) card slot built into the mechanics. However, the UIM is not functional in this phone model. Avoid placing anything into the UIM ca rd slot. Replace th e battery 1. Insert the battery, gold-coloured contact en d first, into the battery slot . 2. Push down on the other en d of the battery to snap the battery in to place. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 7 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up y our pho ne 8 Replace the back cover 1. Set the back cover on the phone with the cove r tabs aligned with the slots in the phone. 2. Slide the back cover toward the top of the phone until the back cover is securely in place. Charge the battery Note: Before you us e a charger with this device , check its model numbe r. This device is intended for use w hen supplied with power from the AC-3 or AC-4 charger. 1. Plug the charg er transformer into a standard ac outlet. 2. Insert the charger output plug into the round jack at the bottom end of the phon e. After a few seconds, the batte ry indicator in the display starts to scroll from bottom to top. If th e batt er y is co mpl ete ly d is cha rge d, it may take a few min utes before the charging indicator appe ars on the display or before any calls can be made. The ACP-12, ACP-9, ACP-8, ACP-7, and the LCH-12 can also be used to charge the phone, but mu st be used with the CA-44 adapt or included in the box. 1. Plug the charger transformer into a standard ac outlet. 2. Insert the c harger output plug into the CA-44 adap ter jack. Insert the CA-44 plug int o the jack on the bottom of the phon e. Warning : Use only batteries, chargers , and enhancemen ts approved by Nokia for use with this particular mode l. The use of any other types may invalidate any approval or warranty, an d may be dangerous. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 8 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up your phon e 9 â Turn your p hone on or off 1. To turn your phone on or off, press and h old the e nd key on th e ke ypad for at least 4 seconds. 2. Enter the lock code, if necessa ry, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. Warning: Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone u se is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. â Connect the headset 1. Plug a compa tible Nokia headse t connector into the Pop-Port connector at the bottom end of your phone. appears in standby mode. 2. Position the he adset on your ear. With th e headset conne cted, you can make, answer, and end c alls as usu al. ⢠Use the k eypad to enter num bers. ⢠Pre ss the cal l ke y to place a call. See âÂÂPhone at a glanceâÂÂ, p. 1. ⢠Pre ss the end k ey to end a c all. You can als o plug a compatible headset in to the 2.5-mm heads et jack on the right side of your ph one to allow hand s-f ree ope rat io n. See âÂÂEnha ncemen t set ting sâÂÂ, p . 59. â Make a call Note: Before making or receiving a call, fully extend the whip a ntenna. Keyp ad 1. Enter the ph one number and press the call key. (To delete a cha racter to the left of the cu rsor, select Clea r .) 2. Pr ess t he end key to end th e cal l, or sele ct End call to ca ncel the call attempt. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 9 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up y our pho ne 10 Contacts list 1. In standby mode, scroll down to display your contacts list and highlight your desired entry. 2. Select Details to highlight your desired number; then select Call . Last dialled number 1. In standby mode, pre ss the call key to display the last 30 numbe rs dialled. 2. Scroll to the number (or name) you want to redial, and press the call key. Conference calling Note: Conferen ce calling is a network depend ant service. 1. Make a call to the first participant . 2. With the first participant on th e line, select Options > New call . 3. Enter the phone number of the second participant, or sele ct Search to retrieve a number from the conta cts list. Select Call . Th e first participant is put on hold. 4. When the sec ond participant picks up, press the cal l ke y to conn ect the calls. 5. To end th e confer ence call , select Options > End all calls , or press the end ke y. â Answer calls An incoming call 1. With the fold ope n, press the call key, or se lect Answer to answer the call. 2. Press the end ke y to reject the ca ll. Select Silence to mute th e ringing tone, the n Dismiss , or do nothing. The c all is even tually d iverted to voicema il. With you r phone s et to silen t in the profiles menu, select Dismiss to divert t he call to voicemail. 3. With the fold c losed, press the volum e key to mute the ringing tone. A short press of the voice key answers an inco ming call w ith the loudspeake r. By default, your phone answers an incoming call when you open the fold . You can chan ge the setting to not answer t he cal l whe n the f old op ens. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > A nsw er when fold is opened > On or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 10 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up your phon e 11 Adjust the earpiece volume Whether in or out of a call, yo u can scroll the volume key located on th e left side of your device up or down to adjust the v olume of the earpiece. When you adjust t he volume, a bar chart indic ates the volume leve l. Answ er a call w ith the keypad locked To answ er a call with the ke ypad locked, pres s the call key with th e fold open. To answer a call with the fold closed and the keyp ad locked, press and ho ld the voice key to answer with the loudspea ker. During the call, al l features fun ction as normal. Wh en you end or reject the ca ll, the keypad automatic ally relocks. See âÂÂKe yguardâÂÂ, p. 12. When the keypad lock is on, calls still may be possible to the official emergency number programm ed into your de vice. Enter th e emergency number, an d press the call key. Loud spea ker Warning: Do not hold the devic e near you r ear when the loudspeake r is in use, because the volume may be extremely loud. You can us e your phone as a loudspeake r during a call. ⢠To activate the loudspe aker while in a call with the fold open, select Loudsp. . ⢠To ac tiva te t he lo udsp eake r when answering a call wit h the fold closed, p ress the vo ice key. ⢠To deactivate the loudspeake r during a call, with the fold open, sele ct Normal . The loudspeake r is deactivated automatica lly when a call ( or a call attemp t) end s or when c ertai n enhanc ement s are conne cted. Call options Many o f th e o ptio ns y ou can use during a call are netw ork services. Check with your netwo rk op era tor for more information. 1. S el ect Opt ions during a call to display the following options: Loudspeake r or Handse t âÂÂActivate or de acti vat e the l oud spe aker while in a call. New call âÂÂInitiat e a confe rence call. See â Conference c allingâÂÂ, p. 10. Save âÂÂSave a number while in a call to your contacts list. This option is avail able on ly when enterin g numbers during a call. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 11 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up y our pho ne 12 Add to contact âÂÂAdd a phone number to an exis ting contact in your contact s list while in a call. This option is available on ly when entering numb ers during a call. End all calls â Disconnect from all active calls. Send DTMF âÂÂEnt er the numb ers, and selec t Tones to send the numbers as ton es. Con tact s âÂÂView the contacts me nu. Menu âÂÂView th e phon e menu. 2. Select an option to activ ate the option or enter its submenu. â Key gua rd With keyg uard, you ca n lock the keypad to prevent keys from being pressed accidenta lly. The locked keyp ad unlocks w hen you rece ive a call. After the ca ll, the lock automa tically reactiva tes. With the k eyguard on, calls st ill may be possible to the official emergency number programmed into y our phone. Enter the emergenc y number, and press the call key. Lock the keypad Select Menu with the c ent er sel ect ion key; t hen press * within 2 seco nds. Unlock the keypad Select Unlo ck with the center selec tion key; t hen press * within 2 seco nds. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 12 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Text en try 13 3. Text entry You can u se two methods for entering text and numbers: standard mode and predictive text mode. Select Clear to backspace the cursor and d elete a character. Select an d hold Clear to backspace continuously and dele te characters. â Standard mode Standard mode is the only w ay to enter text into th e contacts list and to rename caller groups. Text (Abc) ⢠Press a key once to ins ert the first lett er on th e ke y, twic e for th e second let ter, etc. If you pa use briefly, the last letter in the display is accepted an d your device awaits the n ext en try. ⢠Press 0 to en ter a spac e, thereb y accepting a comple ted word. ⢠Press 1 to insert a period into your message. ⢠Press * to display a complete list of special characte rs. ⢠Press and hold # to bring up the Editor settings ( Number mode , Dictionary on or Dict iona ry of f , Writing language ). Numbers (123) To switch to 123 mode from Abc mode, press and hol d # at any message entry screen to bring up th e Editor settings . Select Number mode , and the device returns to th e message ent ry screen and switches the Abc icon in the upper left corner of the display to the 123 icon (or back). Punctuation and special characters While a t any te xt ent ry sc reen, press * to display special chara cters (press and hold * if predictive text is on). Press * again to cycl e through all a vailable characters. Scroll to n avigate through the list of special c haracters. With a character highligh ted, select Inser t to insert the char acter into your mes sage. â Predictive text mode Much fas ter than the stand ard mode method, pred ict ive t ext in put enables you to write me ssages quickl y using your keypa d and the built- in dictionary. In predict ive text mode, your phone predicts the words as you enter them. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 13 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Text en try 14 Acti vate or deacti vate At any text en try screen , select Opti ons > Dictionary on to acti vate or Dictionary off to deact ivate. Text ent ry The following illustration shows your text ent ry of the word Nokia in predictive tex t mode. With the English diction ary sele cted, pr ess eac h of the following nu mber keys once, and the screen will display Nokia by predicting the appropriate letter to use based on your ke ypad entry: 6 6 5 4 2 ⢠P re ss 0 to ente r a s pa ce, a nd begi n wri ting t he ne xt wor d. ⢠If a displayed word is not correct, press * to see ot her matche s. To return to the prev ious word in the list of matches, select Prev . ⢠If ? a ppears after a word, select Spell to add the w ord to the dictionary. ⢠Press 1 to ins ert a period into your message. ⢠Press and hold * to display special characters. Press * again t o cycle through all available char acters. â Change case and mode Press # to switch between uppercase, lowercase, and sentence c ase text . As you press #, the follow ing icons (not the descriptions) appear in the upper left of t he display screen:. Uppercase text: standard mode is on. Lower case text : stan dard mode is on. Sent ence c ase tex t: standard mode is o n. This option is av ailable only at the beginning of a sentence. Note: You can press # within 2 seconds to swi tch betwe en standard mode an d predictive text mode. Uppe rcase te xt: pr edictive text is on. Lowerca se text : predicti ve text is on. Sen tence ca se text : predictive text is on. This option is available only at t he beginni ng of a senten ce. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 14 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 15 4. Messag es If you have s ubscribed to a message network se rvice, you can se nd and receive me ssages to compatible phones also subscribed to a message service. You can also send and re ceive multimedia a nd e-mail messages if supported by your network oper ator. Also, yo u can make d istribution lists that contain phone numbers and names from y our contacts list. See âÂÂText entryâÂÂ, p. 13. When com posing text or multimedia messages, che ck the n umber of characters allowe d in the top right corner o f the message. Us ing Unicode characters ta kes up more s pace. With Unicode cha racters in your message , the indica tor may not show th e message length c orrectly. Before sending the me ssage, the phone tells you if the m essage exce eds the maximum le ngth allowed for one message. Impor tant: Exercis e caution opening messages. Messages may co ntain maliciou s software or otherwise be harmful to your devic e or PC. Note: W h e n yo u s en d a messa ge, yo ur de vic e may display Message se nt , indicating y our device has se nt the mes sage to the messa ge center nu mber programmed into yo ur device. T his is not an indication th at the message has been re ceived at the intended destination. For more details abou t messaging servic es, c hec k with you r network opera tor. â Text messages Compose and send 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Crea te me ssag e . To qu ickl y ac cess Create message , scroll left in standby mode. 2. Compose and send a message using the keypa d. Depending on the me ssaging service enabled, some or all of the following options are available while composing your message: 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 15 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 16 Sending options > Mark or Unmark > Urgent , Delivery note , Callba ck no. , or Signatu re . Select Sending option s for a single message. See âÂÂChang e sending optionsâÂÂ, p. 20. Clea r text âÂÂErase all the text from the message editor . Insert P icture â Insert contac t âÂÂInsert a name from your contact s list into your message. Insert n umber â Insert a phone number or find a phone numbe r in the conta cts list. Save âÂÂSelect Drafts to s ave the message in the drafts folder or Te mp l a te s to save th e message as one of your predefined template s in the templa tes folder. Exit editor â Exits the messa ge edito r. Use templa te âÂÂInser t a predefi ned template in to your message. Inse rt smiley âÂÂInsert a smiley into your message . Insert word or Edit word âÂÂEnter or edit the tex t of a new word that might not appear in th e predictive text dictionary ( only available wit h predictive te xt on). Insert symbol âÂÂInsert a s pecial character in to your mess age (only available with pred ictive text on). Dic tio nar y o n or Dictionary off â Turn the pred ictive text on or off. Matche s âÂÂView matc hes in the dictionary for t he word you w ant to use (only a vailable with predictive text o n and wh en th e sa me set of key s tro kes c an p roduc e mu lt iple words) . 3. To send the me ssage, select Send to > Send to number , Send to di strib. li st (if a distribution list has been cr eated), Send to e-mail or Send to many . 4. Enter the recipientâÂÂs ph one numbe r or e-mail address or select Search to retrieve a numbe r or e-mail address from your con tacts list; select OK . Read message When you rec eive a message, a notification message and are displayed. 1. Select Show t o r e a d t h e m e s s a g e o r Exit to dismiss the notification and read the message later from you r inbox. See âÂÂVi ew saved messa gesâÂÂ, p. 18. 2. Scroll up or down to view the whole mes sage, if necessary. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 16 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 17 Opti ons When readin g a text message, select Opti ons t o access some or all of the following op tions: Del ete â Dis ca rd t he me ss ag e. Use det ail âÂÂA ccess the foll owin g thre e options: Number âÂÂUses or saves the number. Select Opti on s > A dd to contact , Send message , or Call . E-mail address âÂÂL ists the e-mail addresses include d in the message (available only if th e message con tains an e-mail address). Select Save to save the e-mail address as a new phone book entry or Optio ns > Add t o con tac t or Se nd message . Web address âÂÂDisplays if a URL is includ ed in the message. Move âÂÂMov e the m essage to Archive , Templates , or a folder you have crea ted. Forw ard âÂÂForw ard th e mes sage to another phone num ber or e-mail address. Lock or Un lock âÂÂLock or unlock the message. Rename âÂÂEdit the title of the mes sage. Reply to message 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Text messages > Inbox and your desired message, or when you r eceive a messa ge, sel ect Show . 2. S el ect Reply > Em pty s creen , Original text , Te m p l at e , or one of the pr edef ined ans wers ; the n compose your reply using th e keypad . 3. After creatin g the reply, select Send . The s enderâ s phone n umbe r or e -ma il is u se d as th e de fau lt. Templat es Templates are sh ort, prewritten messages you c an recall and insert into new te xt m essages whe n you are sh ort on time . 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Crea te me ssag e > Opt ion s > Us e template . 2. Select your desired template . 3. S el ect Send to > Send to number , Send to many , or Send to dist rib . list (with a distribution list created). 4. Enter th e recipien tâÂÂs phone nu mber or e-mail address, or select Se arch to retrieve a number or e-mail address from your co ntacts list; sele ct Send . A distribution list only contains phone numbers of recipients and is selected from a list of predefined groups you crea te. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 17 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 18 Text mes sage fold ers Save messages You can save drafts of messages or received messages to a n exis ting fold er or to a folder that you hav e created. 1. O pen t he re ceive d mess age or create a new mess age, and se lect Options . 2. To save a rece ived messa ge, selec t Move > Tem pla te s or Archive . 3. To s ave the draft of a message you have creat ed, selec t Save > Drafts or Templat es . View saved messages 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages . 2. Select the folder containing the message y ou want to vie w: Inbox âÂÂA utomatically store s any incoming mes sages. Outbox âÂÂStores messa ges that have not been s ent Sent items âÂÂStores messages that have been s ent. Drafts âÂÂStores messages created as drafts. Archive âÂÂStores messa ges that y ou choose to archive, inc luding unread ones. Te mp l a te s âÂÂStores pictures and prewritten templates. Preloaded templa tes can be edited and personalised. My folders âÂÂAllows you to organis e your m essag es b y cre ati ng cu stom folders and sav ing some of your messages here. Se lect Op tio ns > Add folder , Rename folde r , or Delete folder to add a custom folder or rename or delete a folder you hav e created. You ca n only delete fol ders created in my folders; the inbox , sent items, archive, a nd templa tes folders are protected . When deleting a folder, you are also dele ting all messages in the folder. Distribution l ists âÂÂStores created distribution lists. 3. Wh en th e fol der opens, sele ct th e message yo u want to view. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 18 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 19 Distribution list The distribution list enables you to send messages to a group of contacts. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Distribution li sts . To create a distribution list, sele ct New list with no list cre ated or Opti ons > Create n ew list to cre ate additional lists. To populate your list, select Add new and a contact from your contacts list. To use, rename, or modify a distribution list, highlight the distribution list; and select Opti ons > Send message , Renam e list , C lear list , or De lete list . Delete messa ges If your message memory is full and you have mo re messages waiting at th e net work , No space for new text messages appears in standby mode. You can do th e following: ⢠Read some of the unre ad messages, and delete them individually . ⢠Dele te mess ages fr om some of y our folders. Delete a single messa ge 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages . 2. Select the folder con taining the message you wa nt to delete. 3. Highlight th e message you wa nt to delete. 4. S el ect Opt ions > Del et e . 5. S el ect Yes to delete the message or No to exit. Delete all messages in a folder 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Delete messages . 2. Selec t the messa ges you want to delete: All âÂÂDeletes all me ssages in all of the folders. All read âÂÂDelete s any messages that have bee n read in all of the folders. All unread âÂÂD eletes any messa ges t h a t h a v e n o t be en re a d in a l l o f the folders. 3. Select and Mark the folders that have messa ges you want to de lete: Inbox âÂÂDel etes al l mess ages fr om the in box folde r. Sent items âÂÂDeletes all me ssages from the Sent items folder. Outbox âÂÂDeletes all messages from the outbox folder. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 19 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 20 Drafts âÂÂD eletes all message s from the dra fts fold er. Archive âÂÂDelet es all messages from the arch ive fol der. User defined foldersâ Deletes all messa ges from the user de fined folder. 4. Select Done > Yes to empty the marked folder. Change sending options To change sending options for all future text messages, in standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Text messages > Message set tings > Sending opt ions and the setting you want to ch ange: Priority > Normal or Urg ent âÂÂSet th e priority of a note. Delivery n ote > On or Off âÂÂSend a note to yourself confirmin g delivery of the message. Send callbac k number âÂÂSend a callback number to the recipient. Selec t Off or enter your desired phone nu mber to send to th e reci pient as a callbac k number, and sele ct OK . Signature âÂÂSelect On t o c r e at e a signature to send with te xt message s or Of f to turn this feature off. To change sending options for one message, in standb y mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext message s > Create mess age > Options > Sending options , Mark or Un mark the set ting you want to cha nge: Urgent âÂÂSe t the priority of the note as urgent. Delivery not e âÂÂSend a note to yourself confirming delivery of the message. Callback no. âÂÂEnter your desired phone number to se nd to the recipient a s a callbac k number, and se lect OK . Signature âÂÂCreate a signature to send with t ext messa ges. Change other set tings In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Text m essa ges > Message settings > Other settings and th e setting you want to c hange: Message font size > Small font or Large font . Message overwriting > Sent items only , Inbox only , S. items & In box , or Off . Note: When the message memory is full, your phone cannot se nd or rece ive any new mes sages. To free up th e memory, you ca n select Message overwriting to make your phone automatica lly replace old messages in the inbox and sent items folders when new ones arrive. Save sent messages > Al ways sav e , Always prompt , or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 20 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 21 Queue msgs. when digital unavailable > On , On prompt , or Off . Messages are st ored in the ou tbox until they can be sent wit h digital servic e. â Multimedia messages A multimedia me ssage (MMS) can contain text, sound, a pict ure, and a video clip. Your device supports multimedia messages up to 300 K B. With the max imum size exceed ed, the devi ce ma y not be abl e to rece ive the message. Depending on your network, you ma y rec eiv e a me ssa ge th at inclu des an Int ernet address where you can go to view th e multimedia messag e. Pictures are sc aled to fit the display area of the device. Your device has a multime dia message viewer for playing message s and a multimedia folder for storing saved messages. When you save the multime dia messa ge, you can us e the i mag e a s a screen saver or the sound as a ringing tone unless prote cted by copyright. The appe arance of a multimedia message may vary depending on the receivin g device. Impor tant: Exercis e caution when op enin g mess ages. Mess age s may con tai n viruses o r otherwise be harmful to your devic e or PC. Copyright protections may prev ent some images, ringing to nes, and other content from being co pied, modified, transferred, or forwarded. This function is only available if supported by your service provider or n etwork operator. For availability and a subscription to the multimedia messagin g service, contact you r service provider or network operator. Note: Only devices that offe r compatible multimedia message feat ures can rec eive and display mu ltimedia messages. M ultimedia message objects may contain viruses or otherwise be harmful to your devic e or PC. Do not open any attach ment if unsure of the se nderâÂÂs trustworthine ss. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 21 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 22 Multimedia messaging supports the following formats: ⢠Pic ture: JPEG, GIF, animate d GIF, WBMP, BMP, and PNG ⢠Sound: SP-MIDI, AAC, AMR audio, QCELP, monophonic and polyphonic ring ing tones ⢠Video: clips in H.263 or MP EG4 format with SubQCIF im age size and AMR or QCELP audio If a recei ved message c ontains unsupported e lements, these ele ments may be replaced with Object format not supported . You can re ceive MMS n otifications a t anytime; w hether you can re trieve MMS depends, as shown in the following: ⢠Whi le in a call or an active browsing session, you cannot retrieve multime dia messages. ⢠While in a stand-alone applica tion such as a gam e or calendar instead of a browser or voice call, you can retrieve multime dia messages. MMS settings Before you can us e the multimedia message f eature, you must specif y whethe r you want to rec eive message at all times or only if you are in your wireless service providerâÂÂs or network operatorâ s home syst em. This is a network s ervice. Check w ith your service provide r for more inform ation. The defaul t setting of the multim edia message servic e is on. The appearance of a mu lti me dia mes sa ge m ay va ry depending on the receiving de vice. You ca nnot receive multimedia messages if you ha ve a call in progress or an active browsing session. Because delivery of mult imedia mesages can fail for a variety of reasons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communica tions. Allow or blo ck multimedia reception You can cho ose to receive all messages, bl ock al l messages, or rece ive messa ges only when you are in the network opera torâÂÂs home netwo rk. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multim edia messages > Message settings > Allow multimedia reception and one of the following: Yes âÂÂA llow all incoming messages. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 22 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 23 In home netw ork âÂÂAll ow in comi ng messag es only if you are in the network operatorâÂÂs home system. This is a netw ork service. Check w ith your network ope rator for more information. No âÂÂBlock all incomin g messages. Retrieve or re ject multimedia messages This setting is unavailable with multimedia re ception blocked. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia messages > Message settings > Incoming multi - media messages and one of the following op tions: Retriev e âÂÂAutomatically ret rieve all messages to y our inbox. Retr ie ve man ua lly âÂÂEnable choosing from a notification whether to retrieve a message waiting on the network . Reject âÂÂReject incomin g multimedia messages. When y ou r eceiv e mes sages, Multimedia me ssage received is displayed. Allow or block a dvertisements This setting is unavailable with multimedia re ception blocked. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia messages > Message settings > Allow advertisements > Ye s or No . Other MMS settings Other mult imedia settings include saving yo ur messages to Sent items . In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia mess ages > Mess age settin gs and one of the following: Save sent messages âÂÂSel ect Ye s to save sent multime dia messages to the Sent items folder or No to discard. Delivery reports âÂÂSe lect On to be informed if the m essage was delivered or Off to not be informed. Scale image down âÂÂSel ect Ye s or No to define whether to scale image down. Default slide timing âÂÂS et the de fault time in mm:ss format for each slide in a n M M S to r e ma in o n t h e s cr e en . MMS folders To use a nd ar range messag es, s elect Messages > Multimedia mess ages and one of the following: Inbox âÂÂContain s received multim edia mess ages. Outbox âÂÂConta ins multimedia messages which you have sent and are still waiting to be transmitte d, or failed to be sent out. Sent items â Contains sent multim edia mess ages. Saved items âÂÂContai ns sa ved multim edia messages that you can send late r. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 23 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 24 Delete messa ges âÂÂDelet es mess ages i n the Inbox , Outbox , Sent items , or Save d items folder. Write and send multimedia messages 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia messages > Cre ate m essa ge . 2. Enter your me ssage text, and select Options > Insert > I mage , Sound clip , New sou nd clip , Vid eo cli p , Slide , Busin ess ca rd , or Calendar note . The list of ava ilable folders in the Gallery is displayed. Select Business card to display your contact lists; select Ca lend ar n ote to show the cale ndar. 3. Open the desired folder; scroll to the image, sound c lip, or video clip; and selec t Opt ions > Insert . The indicator in the m essage header shows t he avail able memory size left for the me ssage. Copyright protections may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other content from being copie d, modified, transferred, or forwarded. 4. To add a new page or slide to the mess age, se lect Opt ion s > Insert > Slide . This applies only if th ere is no video clip in the mes sage Each slide ca n contain tex t, one image, and one sound clip. If the message con tains several slides, to open th e desir ed sli de, sele ct Previous s lide , Next slide , or Slide list . You can al so add business cards and calendar notes. 5. To set the time interval between the slide s, select Opti on s > Sli de timing . Ente r the time interval in mm:ss format, and sele ct OK . 6. To move the text to the top or bottom of the me ssage, select Opti ons > Place text first or Place text l ast (defa ult). 7. To insert a name from con tacts, select Opti ons > More options > Insert contac t and the desired name. 8. To insert a num ber, select Opti ons > More options > Insert numb er . 9. Enter the nu mber or search for it in contacts, and se lect OK . 10. To insert a ca lendar note, select Opti ons > Insert > Calendar note . 11. To insert a bus iness card, select Opti ons > Insert > Busines s card . 12. To delete an image , slide, video clip, or sound clip from the me ssage, select Opti ons > Delete > I mage , Sound cl ip , Video clip , or Slide . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 24 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 25 13. To add a subject to the message, sele ct Opt ion s > More option s > Edit subjec t , en ter a subject, and sele ct OK . 14. To v iew t he mess age or sli de presentation before sendin g it, sele ct Opt ion s > Preview . 15. To sav e the message to Saved items , s elect Opt ions > Sav e . 16. To send the mess age, sele ct Send to > Phone number , E-mail address , or Man y . 17. En ter t he r ecipi entâ s nu mber or e- mail address, or search for it in conta cts; select OK . The m essage i s moved to the out box folder to be sent. It takes more time to send a multimedia message than a te xt message. While sending the multimedia message, your device displays the a nimated indicator , and you can us e other functions on the device. If there is an interruption while sending the me ssage, the device automatic ally tries to resend it a few times. If this fails, the messa ge remains in the ou tbox folder, and y ou can try to manually resend it later. Ch eck your outbox folder for unsent me ssages. Note: When s end ing message s, your devi ce may display Mult imedia message sent , indicating that the mes sage h as been sent t o the messag e cent er nu mber programmed into your device. This is not an indica tion that the mess age has been rece ived at the intended destination. For more details about messagin g services, check w ith your network operator. Sent messages are sav ed in the se nt items folder if you set Sav e sent mess ages to Ye s . See âÂÂOth er MMS settingsâÂÂ, p. 23. This is not an indication that the message ha s been received at the in tended des tination. Read mult imedia messages When a multim edia message is being received, appears animated in the display along with the percentage display ind icating the receiving progress. With the mess age fully downloaded, appe ars in the display, showin g the number of messages received (with the light indicator blinking ne ar the bottom of your ante nna). ⢠To view the message immediately, sele ct Show . ⢠To view a saved mess age, sele ct Menu > Messages > Multimedia 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 25 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 26 messages > Saved items , and scroll to view the me ssage. While view ing the messa ge, select Play to view the entire MM S or Options and one of t he fo llow ing: View text âÂÂView only the text included in the message . Use de tai l â Send to - Edit Message - Open image , Open soun d clip , or Op en video clip âÂÂVie w or listen to the corresponding file. Delete messa ge âÂÂDele te th e mess age you are vie wing. Message details âÂÂVie w the sender âÂÂs name and phone number, th e message center us ed, reception date and time , and message s ize and type. Save image , Save sound clip , or Save video clip âÂÂSave th e fil e to the Gallery . You must open image s, sound clips, and video clips before you can save them . If blinks and Mult imedia me-mory full. view waiti ng msg. is displayed, memory for multimed ia messages is full. To view the waiting m essage, select Show . B efore you can save the message, delete some of your old messages. See âÂÂDel ete me ssagesâÂÂ, p. 19. Reply to multimedia message Select Re ply or Reply to al l to enter a reply and send it to the original sender and any other message recipients. â V oice messages If you subscribe to vo ice mail, your network operat or will furnish you with a voice mailbox num ber. You need to s a v e t h is n um b e r t o y o u r d e v i c e t o us e voice mail . When you receive a voice message , your device beeps, dis plays a message, or both. If you rec eive more than one voice message, your device shows the number of voice me ssages received. Save voice mailbox number Your netw ork o pera tor may hav e already saved you r voice mailbox number to your device. Se lect OK to leave th e number uncha nged. 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Messages > V oic e messages > Voice mailbox number . The vo ice mailbox numbe r is displayed. 2. If the bo x is empty , enter the voi ce mailbox area code and number, and select OK . Call and setup voice mail 1. After you save the voic e mailbox number, in standby mode, press and ho ld 1. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 26 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 27 2. When you connect to voic e mail and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to s etup voice mail. Listen to voice me ssages After you set up voic e mail, in standby mode, press and hold 1; or select Menu > Mes sages > Voice messages > List en to voice m essa ges to dial the voice mailbox numb er. When you connect an d the prerecorded gre eting begins, follow the automated instructio ns to listen to your voic e messages. Aut omate voice mail You can in sert special characters called dialling codes into phone numbers such as vo ice mail, and save the number to a speed dials location. Dialling codes instruct the receivin g system to pause, wa it, bypa ss, or accept the numbers that follow them in the dialling string. See âÂÂPhon e numbers with di alling codesâÂÂ, p. 27. Voice mail s ervices vary by ne twork operator. The follo wing instruct ions are examples of common operations. Pleas e check wit h your netw ork operator for specific instructions on using your vo ice mail service. Write down voi ce mailbox number and process 1. Write down your v oice mailbox number. 2. Call and check y our voice mail as you normally w ould. 3. Write down your in teraction with the recorded prompts step-by-step. Keep in mind th at each v oice mail service may vary. Howe ver, it should look similar to the following exam ple: Dial 858555 1212, pause 5 sec onds, press 1, pause 2 seconds, pre ss 1234, an d press #. Phone numbers with dialling codes Dialling codes in struct the receiving system to pause, wait, bypass, or acce pt the nu mber s tha t foll ow th em in the dialling string. To set up dialling codes, do the following: 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Con tact s > speed dials . 2. Scroll to an (empty) speed dia ls slot, and select Assign . 3. Enter your mailbox phon e number, including the ar ea code. Note: If the standard Telecom New Zealand mailbox number 083 210 is used, t he area c ode is not nece ssary.. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 27 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 28 4. Enter any dialling codes as necessary a fter the entered ph one number. For example, if you pause for 5 seconds afte r connecting to voic e mail, enter p twice (two times 2.5 secon ds) aft er th e voice m ailb ox number: 2145 551212pp . 5. Enter any remaining pauses or other information th at enables you to listen to your mes sages, and selec t OK . 6. Enter a name (such a s voice mail), and selec t OK . To dial and listen to your v oice mail, press and hold th e assigne d speed di als key in stand by mode. Insert dialling codes After having entered your de sired phone number , pr ess * r epeat edly t o cycle throug h dialling codes. When the desired code appears in the display, pause briefly and the code is inserted into the dialling st ring. The following dialling codes are available: *âÂÂB ypass es a se t of i nstruc tion s. pâÂÂPauses for 2.5 seconds before sending any n umbers that follow. âÂÂReplaced by the international access code . wâÂÂWai ts for yo u to pre ss th e cal l k ey before sending the numbers or codes that follow. Clear voice mail icon To clear the voice ma il icon from the display, in standby mode, select Menu > Messages > V oi ce mes sages > Clear voice message icon . â Web messaging Web messaging is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork serv icesâÂÂ, p. vi ii. If your network operator supports this feature, you can use the min ibrowser to check for e-ma il messages. In st andby mode, selec t Menu > Messages > Minibrowser messages > Connect . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 28 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call regist er 29 5. Call regist er Call register stores inform ation about your last 30 missed, rec eived, and dialled calls respe ctively and adds the total duration of a ll calls. When the number of calls excee ds the maximum, the most rece nt call replaces the oldest. Whether vie wing missed, received, or dialled calls, se lect Options to access the se menu opti ons : Time of call âÂÂD isplays the date an d time of the call. Send message âÂÂSends a mes sage to t he numb er. Use numb er â Edits the number and associates a name with t he number. Save âÂÂEnters a name for the number and sa ves it t o your con tacts list. Add to contact âÂÂAdds a number to a contac t and saves it to your conta cts list (available on ly with the num ber not yet st ored in your contacts list). Del ete âÂÂClears the number from memo ry . Call âÂÂCalls the numbe r. â View missed calls The missed calls feature does not function w ith your devic e switched off. Missed ca lls are calls you have never answered. To view missed calls, do the following: In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Missed calls , or with missed call notificatio n displayed, select List . Scroll to a name or numbe r, and select Opti ons . Sele ct a n op ti on to vi ew or ac tiva te. â View r eceiv ed ca lls Receive d calls are calls that ha ve been answered. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Received calls . Scroll to a name or numbe r, and select Opti ons . Sele ct a n op ti on to vi ew or ac tiva te. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 29 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call regist er 30 â View dialled numbers Dialled calls are prev ious numbers you have dialled from your device. In standby mode, press the call key, or select Menu > Call register > Dialled numbers . Scroll to a name or numbe r, and select Opti ons . Select an option to view or activat e. View c all ti mes You c an m ake or r ece ive cal ls t o or from the same numb er and view up to five calls disp layed with the time e ach call occurre d. Your device clo ck must be set for this feature to work accurately. In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Call register > Missed calls , Received calls , or Dialle d numbers . Highlight your desired name or number, and sele ct Opt ions > Time of call . Scroll down to view the ca ll times from this numbe r; select Back to return to the options list. â Delete call registers You can delete any missed, dialled, or receive d calls from your device memory. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Delete recent calls . Select the call type you want to cl ear: All , Missed , Re cei ved , or Dialled . â Call duration Contact your netw ork operator for the actual calls and services in voice, which may vary depending on netw ork features, rounding off for billing, taxes, and so forth. Select Menu > Ca ll register > Call duration t o v i e w t h e d u r a t i o n o f y o ur last call, all your dialled calls , all your received calls, a ll your calls, your life timer, or to clear your tim ers. After you select Cle ar timers , enter your lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. Note: All call duratio n, except the life timer, a re reset to zero with Clear timers selecte d. Note: Some timers , including the life timer, may be reset during service or software upgrades. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 30 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call regist er 31 To activate the call times on the display screen, in standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Call duration > Last call duration > Show call time on display > On. To activate the call timer in standby mode while in a call, select Details > Show call time on display > On or Off . To view the duration of dialled or received calls placed while in the home network or while roaming, select Det ai ls > Home or Roaming . â Data and fax call duration Data and fax cal ls are a network service. See âÂÂNet work services âÂÂ, p. viii. If your network ope rator supports this feature, yo u can view the size or duration of sent or received data and fax calls. Note: The actual time invoiced for calls and services by your network operator may v ary, depending on network features, rounding off for billing, taxes, and so forth . In standby mode, select Menu > Ca ll register > Data/fax calls and on e of the following op tions: Last sent data/fax â View the size (KB ) of the last sent data or fax call. Last received data/fax âÂÂView t he size (KB) of the last received d ata or fa x cal l. All sent data/fax âÂÂView the si ze (KB) of all sent data and fax calls . All received data/ fax âÂÂVie w th e siz e (KB) of all receive d data and fax calls. Duration of last data/fax call âÂÂView th e duration time of the last data or fax cal l. Duration of all data/fax calls âÂÂV iew the duration time of all calls. Clear all data/fax registers > OK > Ye s âÂÂC lear all data or fax logs. â Minibrowser duration Minibrowser is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork servic esâÂÂ, p. viii. If your network operator supports this feature, you can view the size or duration of sent or received data from the minibrowser. Note: The actual time invoiced for calls and services by yo ur network op erator may vary , depending on netw ork features, rounding off for billing, tax es, and so forth. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > M inibrowser calls and one of the following opti ons: Last sent bro wse r data âÂÂView the si ze (KB) of the last sent browser data. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 31 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call regist er 32 Last receiv ed bro wser data âÂÂVi ew t he size (K B) of the last r ecei ved data. All sent browse r data âÂÂView the size (KB) of all sent browser data. All received browser data âÂÂView the size (KB) of all received browser data. Last bro wser s ession âÂÂView the duration time of the last browser session. All browser sessions âÂÂView t he duration time of all browser sessions. Clear all b ro wser regist ers > OK > Ye s âÂÂClear all browser registers. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 32 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 33 6. Contacts The co ntacts list can hold up to 500 contacts w ith multiple numbers and text n otes for eac h cont act. The amount of nu mbers and text ent ries you can s ave may vary , depending on the length and total number of entrie s in the contac ts list. â Add new contacts To access the contacts list in standby mode, press the right selection key, or select Menu > Contacts > Names if the righ t selection key on your devic e has a network operator menu. Save contact name and numbe r 1. In standby mode, enter the phone number yo u want to save. 2. S ele ct Sa ve . 3. Enter the name , and select OK . Save contact number only 1. In standby mode, enter the phone number yo u want to save. 2. Select and hold Options . Save an entry 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Con tact s > Names > Options > Ad d n e w . 2. En ter the na me , and se lec t OK . 3. Ent er th e phone num ber, and select OK > Back . Save numbers and text items You can sa ve different types of phone number s and short t ext i tems pe r na me to the conta cts list. The first num ber you s ave for any ent ry is au to mati cal ly set as t he de fa ul t num ber , w hich yo u can alw ays chang e. 1. In standby mode, scroll down to dis pla y y our cont ac ts l ist , and highlight the en try to which you want to add a phone number or text item . 2. S el ect De ta ils > Opti ons > Add detail > Number ( General , Mobile , Home , Office , or Fax ), E-mail address , Web address , Po s ta l address , Note , Image , or Tone . 3. Enter the number or text for the type you h ave select ed, and se lect OK . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 33 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 34 4. To change a num ber type, highligh t the number, and selec t Optio ns > Change type > Genera l , Mobile , Home , Offic e , or Fax . Change default num ber You can als o change which ph one number is the de fault (primary) numb er fo r th e co nta ct entry . 1. In standby mode, scroll down to select the cont act entry y ou want to change, and select Details . 2. Scroll to the number you want to set as default, and sele ct Optio ns > Set as default . Caller groups You can add contac ts list entries to any of five caller groups, and assign a unique ringing ton e or graphic to that group. This enables you to identify callers from the group by their un ique ringing tone or graphic. 1. To assign an entry in your con tacts list to a caller group, select you r desired contact entry, and select Options > Caller groups > Family , VIP , Friends , Business , Other , or No group . 2. To manage your caller groups, in standby mode , select Menu > Con tact s > Caller groups > Family , VIP , Friends , Business , or Other to display t he following c aller group options: Group name > Re name group â Rename the group to your prefere nce . Group ringing ton e âÂÂSet the rin gin g tone for the group. Group logo > On , Of f , or View âÂÂSe t the graphic for the caller group. Group members âÂÂA dd or remove members from the caller group. Set up speed dials You can as sociat e any ent ry in th e contacts lis t with a key from 2âÂÂ9. To dial th ose entries, press and hold the assigned key. See âÂÂSpeed dialsâÂÂ, p. 52 to activate or deactivate speed dials. Assign a key to speed dials 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Contacts > Spe ed dials . 2. Scroll to an (emp ty) speed dials slot, and select Assign . 3. Enter the nu mber and a name for the num ber, or select Se ar ch to retrieve a numbe r from the contac ts list; select Select . If speed dials is off, the device displays a prompt and asks if you want to turn speed dials on. 4. Select Ye s to activa te speed dials. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 34 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 35 Change speed dials numbers 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Contacts > Speed dials . 2. Scroll to the speed dials entry you want to change, and select Optio ns > Change . 3. Enter the new number and a name for the entry, or select Search to retrieve a number from the contacts list ; select Select . Delete speed dials numbers 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Contacts > Speed dials . 2. Scroll to the speed dials entry you want to delete , and select Optio ns > Delete > Ye s . â V o ice tags You can dial up to 2 5 stored numbers using voice dia lling. Before using voice tags, note the followin g: ⢠Voice tags are not language- dependent. They depend on the spea kerâÂÂs vo ice. ⢠Yo u mu st s ay the na me exact ly as you said it w hen you recorde d it. ⢠Voice tags are sensitive to backgr ound noise. Re cord voice tags, and use them in a quiet enviro nment. ⢠Very sh ort names are not acce pted. Use long name s and avoid similar names for different numbers. Note: Using voice ta gs may be difficult in a noisy envi ronm ent o r du ring an emerge ncy , s o you shou ld n ot rely on voice diallin g in all circum stance s. Assign a voice tag to an en try Before you can us e voice dialling, you must firs t assign a voice tag to the numb er. 1. In standby mode, scroll to the entry in your contac ts list to which you want to assign a voice tag. 2. S el ect De ta ils > Opti ons > Ad d v oi ce t a g > Start . 3. Speak clearly into the microphone . Do not select Quit unles s yo u want to cancel th e recording. The device automatically s tops recording, and saves and replays the voice tag. appears next t o commands that have voic e ta gs a ssi gned . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 35 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 36 Dial a number 1. In standby mode, pre ss and hold the right selection key with the fold open, or press and hold the voice key regardless of the fold being open or closed. 2. When you hear several be eps and Speak now appears, re lease t he key . 3. Pronounce the v oice tag cle arly into the microphone. When the de vice finds the voic e tag, F ound: appears, and the device automatically dials the n umber. If the dev ice does n ot locate a number or recognise the voice tag, No match found appe ars. Voice tag s 1. After you have a ssociated a voice tag to a contac t, se le ct Menu > Con tact s > Voice tags and y our desired voice tag entry. 2. Select Playback , Chan ge , or Del ete . â Edit contacts list entries 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Contacts > Nam es , and scroll t o the en try y ou wan t t o edit in your contac ts list. 2. Select Det ails > Options and one of the follo wing options , which may vary depending on whether you are editing a contact listed by phone number or cont act name: View âÂÂVi ew th e pho ne nu mber o f the con tact . Add detail âÂÂAdd more details to the contac t: Name (only available with no name added), Number ( General , Mobile , Home , O ffice , or Fax ), E-mail address , W eb address , Postal addres s , Note , Image (only available with no im age added), or Ton e . Edit n ame , Edit number , Edit detail , or Chan ge image âÂÂEdit an existing contac t name, phone n umber, details, or im age attached to th e cont act. Del ete âÂÂDelete more details ( Delete numb er , Delete detai l , or De lete image ) or the entire c ontact entry ( Delet e contact ) of the cont act. Send message âÂÂCreate and send the co ntact a text messag e or multimedia message. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 36 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 37 Use n umber âÂÂUse or save th e number (availa ble when you select a contact lis ted with a co ntact name). Select Option s to use the number. Set as default âÂÂChange the default number of the contact. Change type > Gener al , Mobile , Home , Offi ce , or Fax âÂÂC hange the number type. Add voice tag or Voi c e t ag âÂÂAdd a voice tag to th e contact with no voice tag assigned, or select Playback , Change , or Delete with a voice tag assigned. Send bus. card âÂÂSend the con tact as a busines s card to another device. Caller groups âÂÂAdd the conta ct to an existing caller group. Speed dials âÂÂAdd t he contact to your speed dials list. 3. Edi t th e opti on t o your pre feren ce, and select OK . â Delete contacts entries To delete all entrie s in your contacts list, in standby m ode, select Menu > Contacts > Delete all co ntacts . â Access the contacts menu 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Con tact s and one of the following options: Names âÂÂView the ent ries in your contacts list, and s elect Details or Options > Search , A dd new , or Delete contact for you r selected entry. Settings âÂÂCha nge the co ntac ts li st view or ch eck the memo ry status of your devic e. Caller groups âÂÂView a nd ed it t he properties of any of the caller groups on the device. V oice tags âÂÂListen to, modify , or delete a voice tag to a con tact in the contacts list. Speed dials âÂÂView or modify the list of speed dials numbers. My number âÂÂView you r own phone number. Delete all contacts âÂÂDelete all entries in your cont acts list. 2. Select an option to activate th e feature or access i ts submenu . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 37 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 38 Search for a name 1. In standby mode, scroll down to display the contents of your contacts li st. 2. P re ss the key corr espo ndin g to t he first letter of the name for whic h you are searc hing. 3. Scroll to select a contact, and selec t Details to view the de tails. Configure settings You can s elect how th e contacts appear in your con tacts list and view the amount of memory used or available in your device. In standby mode, select Menu > Contacts > Settings > Scrolling view to chan ge view of name list or Memory status to view the device memory used a nd remaining. â Send and receive contacts You can send and re ceive an ent ry in your co ntacts list using tex t messaging, if supported by your network operator. Send a business card You can send a bus iness card as a text message to a compatible phone or other handheld devic e. 1. Highlight your desired entry from your conta cts list, and select Details > Options > Send bus. card > Via multimedia , Via text message or Via infrared . Default numb er and All details options appear only if yo u have more than one number or detail saved to the contac t entry. 2. Enter the nu mber for your recipient , or select Search to retrieve a numbe r from your contac ts list. 3. Select OK and the business card is sent. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 38 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Camera 39 7. Camera You can take photos and record video clips with the built-in 1 .0 megapixel camera. The cam era lens is on the front of the device. The camera produces photos in JPEG format and video clips in H.263 (SubQCIF ) format. When us ing t he feat ures in thi s dev ice, please follow local la ws and respect privacy rights and additional rights of other people. After you take a picture or video, you can attach it to a multimedia message, s e n d i t w i th M MS , s a ve i t a s a wallpaper, save it on a compatible PC using Nokia PC Suite software. When you att ach a pictu re to an ent ry in you r list of contacts, the picture is displaye d when th e contact ca lls you. If there is not enough mem ory to take a new photo, delete old photos or other files in the Ga llery. â Take a p hoto You can take a photo with the fold open or take self portra its with the fold clos ed. 1. In standby mode, press the camera key to activa te the camera , or with the fold open, select Menu > Cam era . 2. S el ect Capture to take the photo. When taking a photo, a shutter sound is heard, the photo displays on the screen , and either a blinking icon or scrolling indicato r displays as the photo is sav ed to the Images folder of Gallery. To change the camera mode from still image to video, or v ideo to still image, select Options and the mode you want. 3. S el ect Back to take another photo or Option s and choose from one of the following: Video âÂÂChange from still image to video. Zoom âÂÂZoom in closer before capturing a photo or get a closer look at the captured ph oto; use the scroll key to navigate ar ound the photo. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 39 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Camera 40 Night mode on or Night mode off â Turn night mode on or off. New image âÂÂSelect to ca pture a new photo. Flash swit ched on or Flash sw itched off âÂÂTurn the flash on or off. Self-timer on âÂÂUse the self-t imer to delay capturin g a photo fo r 10 secon ds, o r set to Self-timer off . Img. sequence on âÂÂTake a series of six pictures in sequence, or set to -Img. sequence off . Open Galle ry âÂÂOpen gallery to view saved images, videos, and recordings. Settings âÂÂSelect opti ons in Im age quality , Video clip quality , Video clip length , Camera sounds , Self- timer lights , Default title, Image and video storage , or Default mode . View prev ious âÂÂVi ew t he pr evio us photo. Send > Via multimedi a or Via infrared âÂÂSend a photo to a compatible device or PC. Attach to contact âÂÂAttac h an image to a contact in Names. Rena me â Enter or edit the na me of the captured photo, and select OK . Set contrast âÂÂScroll to ad just the contrast of the captured photo. Set as wallpaper âÂÂU se a captured photo for wallpaper. Set as s. saver âÂÂUse a capture d photo as a screen saver. Details âÂÂView th e Name , Size , Created , Form at , Resolution , or Copyright of a captured photo. Record a video clip You can record a v ideo clip up to 12 frames per second (FPS). 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Camera > Options > Video > Record . While you are recording, the recordin g indicator an d the remaining rec ording time display. 2. Select P ause to pause the recording, Continue to res ume the recording, or Stop to stop th e recording. The devic e saves the recording in the vide o clip folder in gallery. 3. Select Ba ck to record another video or select Options and on e of the following: Still image âÂÂGo back to standard photo mode. Zoom âÂÂZoom in closer before recording a video or get a closer look at the recorded vide o; Scroll to navigate around the photo. Mute audio or Unmute âÂÂTurn the sound on or off. New video clip â Set as screen saver â 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 40 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Camera 41 Flash on / Flash off âÂÂTurn th e fla sh on or off. View previous â Open Gallery âÂÂGo to the video clip folder of the gallery menu. Settings âÂÂSelect options in Image quality , Vide o clip quality , Video clip length , Came ra sounds , Sel f- timer lights , De fault title , Image and video storage , or De fault mode . Delete âÂÂDelet e the v ideo c lip . Send âÂÂSend the video clip to another device as a multimedia mess age o r use I R co nnec tiv ity. Rename â Renam e the vid eo cli p. Set contrast âÂÂScrol l to increase or decre ase cont rast of t he sel ected video. Details âÂÂVie w details of the selecte d video, suc h as name, size , time and date created, length, file format, and copyri ght information. Self-timer In standby mode, select Menu > Camera > Options > Self-time r on to set a timer and delay capturing a photo for 10 seconds. Select Start when a beep so unds. T he s elf-t imer ru ns an d beeps f aste r when the c amera is ab out to capture the photo. After the timeout, the camera takes the photo and save s it in the images folder of th e gallery menu . Settings In standby mode, select Menu > Camera > Opti ons > Set tings to change the settings in the camera mode. Select one of the followin g options: Image quality âÂÂD efine file compression when saving the ima ge. Select High , Normal , or Basic . High uses the least file compressio n and provides the best ima ge q ual it y bu t t ake s mo re memo ry . Video clip quality âÂÂDef ine the q uality of a video clip. Select Hi gh , Medium , or Low. Video clip length âÂÂSelect Defa ult (15 seconds) or Maximum (2 .5 minutes depending on condition s). Only video clips that are defau lt length or shorter can be sent in a multim edia message. Defa ul t tit le âÂÂSelect Automatic to use a pre defined title or M y title to key in or edit a new title. Image and video storage âÂÂSe lect the folder for image storage. Camera sounds > On or Off âÂÂSet camera sounds. Self-timer light s > On or Off âÂÂSet self- timer lights. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 41 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Gallery 42 8. Gallery You can save pic tures, video clips, recordings, and ringing tones to folders in the Gallery an d ad d new fold ers as well. You can download images and tones using MMS, SMS, via infrared, mobile Internet sites, or Nokia PC Suite. Note: Only compat ible devices offering compatible multimedia me ssage features can receive and display multimedia me ssages. Your device supports a digital rights management system to protect content you h ave acq uired. Conte nt such as a ringing ton e, can be protected and asso ciated with cert ain usage rules, for example, the num ber of usage times or a certain usage period. Usage rules are defined in the content a ctivation key th at can be deliv ere d with t he cont ent or del iver ed separately, depending on your network operator. You may be able to update the a cti vati on ke y. A lwa ys ch eck t he delivery te rms of any con tent and activation key before acquiring t hem, as they may be subjec t to a fee. Copyright protection may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other content from being copi ed, modified, transferred, or forwarded. Your device has about 14 MB of memory for storing files in the Gallery . This memory is not shared with other functions, su ch as contacts. If the device dis plays a message that the memory is full, delete som e existing files before proceeding. â Folders 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Gallery > Images , Video clips , Graphics , Tones , Reco rdin gs , Them es , or a user-created folde r. 2. Select Ope n to vi ew a li st o f the files in the folder or Option s to access the following: Delete folder âÂÂDelete a folde r yo u have created. Yo u cannot del ete a preset fold er. Move âÂÂMov e the s elec ted fo lde r into another folder. After sele cting Move , s croll to another folder, and select Move to . You c annot move a preset fold er. Rename fo lder â Rename a fold er you hav e created. You cannot renam e a pres et fol der. Details âÂÂShow the n ame, size, and date of creation of the selecte d folder. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 42 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Galler y 43 Type o f v iew > List with details , List , or Gr id âÂÂDeter min e how to di sp lay the folders and files within them. Sort âÂÂSort the cont ents of the selected folder by name , date, format, or size. Add folder âÂÂCreate a new folder. Memory status âÂÂCheck the available memory for the device handset. Ac ti vati on ke y l ist âÂÂView the list of available activation ke ys. You can delete activation keys if desired. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 43 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Media 44 9. Media â Radio Your phone has an FM radio that also functions as an alarm clock radio. To listen to the F M radio on your phone, connec t a compatible music stand, a 2.5 mm he adset, or stereo headset to th e connector on the bottom of the phone. Th e FM radio uses the w ire of the headse t as an antenna. A compatible headset ne eds to be attache d to the device for the FM radio to function properly.The quality of a radio broadcast depends on coverage of the radio station in that particular area. Warnin g: Li sten t o musi c at a moderate level. Continuous exposure to high volume may damage your hearing. Do not hold the devic e near your ear when the louds peaker is in use, becaus e the volume may be ex tremely loud. Turn the radio on and off 1. Connect the phone t o a compat ible headset or music stand. 2. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Media > Radio . T he cha nne l location n umber, the nam e of the radio channel (if y ou have saved the channel), and the frequenc y of the radio channel are displayed. To use the graphical keys , , , or on the display, scroll left or ri ght to the des ire d k ey , an d select it. 3. If you have alread y saved radio channels, selec t or to scroll to the channel you wou ld like to lis ten to. To select a radio cha nnel location, briefly press the corresponding numbe r keys. 4. To turn off the radio, select Opti ons > Switch off . A long press on of the end key also turns the radio off. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 44 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Media 45 Opti ons With the radio on, select Op tions and one of the following: Switch off âÂÂTurn off the radio. Save channel âÂÂSa ve the current station to one of 20 locations (only available with a new st ati on ente red) . Channels âÂÂScroll up or down to selec t a channe l from 20 locations. WIth an existing chan nel highlighted, sele ct Opti ons > Dele te channel or Rename to delete or rename the sav ed channel. Mono o ut put or Stereo output âÂÂLis ten to the radio in monaural mode (defa ult) or in ster eo. Ste reo out put is available through a s tereo enha ncemen t. Loudspeak er or Headset âÂÂListen to the radio through th e speakerphone or thro ug h the heads et. Set frequency âÂÂManually en ter the frequency of a known radio station. To set the radio frequency, press * and use the ke ypad to enter th e frequency of a known radio station. To adjust the radio volu me, press the volume up and down ke ys. When an application using a browser connect ion is sending or receiving data, it may in terfere with the ra dio. When yo u place or re ceive a call, the radio automa tically mutes. When the call ends, the radio switches back on. Tune and save a radio c hannel You can s ave a preset station to any one of 20 locations in me mory. 1. When the radio is on, select or to change the radio frequency in 0.1 M Hz steps, or select and hold or to start the chan nel search. Se arching stops when a channel is found. 2. To save the ch annel, select Options > Save channel . To sa ve the ch anne l to a m emo ry location 1 to 9, press and hold the corresponding numbe r key while the radio is playing. To save the ch anne l in the memo ry loc at ion from 10 to 20, press briefly 1 or 2 and the desired number key 0 to 9. 3. Enter a name for t he channel, an d sele ct OK . 4. S el ect a n (empty ) location to save the chann el. â Recorde r This feature enables you to record pieces of speech or sound with your device and liste n to them later. The tota l avai lab le t ime is 3 m in ute s w ith no memos stored . The maximum length of a recording depends on how much mem ory remains available. In standby mode, select Menu > Media > Rec order > Record to s tart the recording or Recordings list to 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 45 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Media 46 manage the folder you have defined for recording storage. Record speech or sound 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Media > Record er > Record . 2. After you hear the re corder start tone, begin recording speech or sou nd. 3. When you finish rec ording, select Stop , and your re cording is sa ved to the Recordings folder in the Gallery . Options After you h ave saved the recordi ng to the Re cordings folder, from the standby mode, go to Gallery > Recordings . Highlight the recording, and select Open t o li s ten to th e recording u sing the ea rpiece; or se lect Opti ons and one of the following. Delete âÂÂErase the recording. Rename â Chang e t he n ame of t he recording. Set as ring tone âÂÂUs e your recording as a ringtone (a carrier-dependent feature). Details âÂÂShow the name, si ze, and date of creation of the recording. Send â Move â Open i n sequen ce â â Media equaliser The e qualis er e nhances t he sound quality when using the music player by amplifying or atte nuating frequenc y bands. You can a ccess five preset equaliser sett ings ( Normal , Po p , Rock , Jazz , and Classical ) and tw o personalisable settings. Activa te an equalis er set In standby mode, select Menu > Media > Equa liser , scroll to the desire d setting, and sele ct Activate . Create a custom equaliser set 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Media > Equa liser . 2. Scroll to Set 1 or Set 2 , and selec t Opti ons > Edi t . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 46 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Media 47 The s elected s et app ears in the display with the bar on the far left highlighted. The bars adju st frequencies, from the lowest (the leftmos t bar) to the highest (the rightmost bar). The higher the indicator on a particular bar, the more that frequency is amplified. 3. To adjust the lowe st frequency, scroll up and down on the bar. 4. To adjust other frequencies, scroll left or right to the other bars. 5. Repeat s teps 3 and 4 to adjust the setting for each freque ncy; then se lect Save . 6. To rename the setting, select Optio ns > Re name , ente r a n ew name, an d select OK . 7. To activate th e setting, sele ct Ac ti va t e . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 47 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 48 10 . S e t t i n g s Use this menu to c hange profiles, themes, m ain display settings, mini display settings , tone settings, time and date settin gs, call settings, phone settings, voice commands, enhanc ement settin gs, security settings, applicat ion settings, network settings, network services, and restore facto ry settings. â Profiles Profiles define how your de vice reacts when you rece ive a call or message and how y our keyp ad s ound s wh en y ou pres s a ke y. Yo u c an le ave ring ing options, keypad ton es, and oth er settings for each of the available profiles at their default s etting, or personalise them to s uit your needs. Profiles are also available for enhanc ements s uch as the headset and car kit. See â Enhancemen t settingsâÂÂ, p. 59. To activate a profile, in standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Profiles > Gene ral , Silent , Meetin g , Outdoor , o r Page r > A ctivate . Personalise a profile You can personalise any of the profiles in various ways . 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Select the profile you want to personalise. 3. Select P ersonalise and the option you want to personalise. Set a timed profile You can use tim ed profiles to prev ent missed calls. For example, suppose you attend an ev ent requiring you r device set to Silent before the event starts , but you forget to return it to Normal until long after the eve nt. A timed profile can prevent mis sed calls by returning your de vice to the default profile at a time you specify . You can set timed profiles up to 24 ho urs in advance. 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Select the profile you want to activate and Timed for timed expiration. 3. Enter the time in hh:mm format for the profile to expire, and select OK . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 48 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 49 â Themes A theme cont ains m any el ement s for personalising your phone, such as wallpaper , scre en saver, colour sche me , a nd a ring in g t one . Themes a utomatically loads wallpapers, screen savers, ringing tones and back ground colours. Selecting a theme changes your previous settings. Individual settings for a theme can be changed in th e settings m enu. For ex ample, the c olour scheme can be modified in the main display m enu in settings, withou t changing the wallpaper, screen saver or ringing tone loaded by a theme. 1. To choos e th e th eme o f your display, in standby mode , select Menu > Settin gs > Th emes > Select theme > T hemes . 2. Scroll to a theme, and s elect Open > Options > Apply th eme . â Main display settings Wallpaper You can s et your device to display a background picture (wallpaper). 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Wallpaper > Select wallpaper > Images , Video clips , Gra phi cs , Tones , Re cordi ngs , T hemes , or a user-created folder > Op en . 2. Browse your selecte d folder containing th e graphics or image of your desired wallpaper. 3. When y ou arrive at the im age of you r cho ice , se lec t Opt ions > Set as wallpaper . 4. To select a set of image s to rotate as wallpaper slides, select Select slide set > Images . 5. To activate or deac tivate wallpaper, in standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Wallpaper > On or Off . Screen saver In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Screen saver > On or Off . Power saver You can turn the power saver on and off. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Po w e r saver > On or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 49 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 50 Colour schemes You can ch ange the colour of som e display co mponents in your devi ce, such as in dicators and signal bars. In standby m ode, select Men u > Settings > M ain display > Colour schemes and the c olour scheme of your choic e. Choose a banner Banner is a carrie r-dependent feature . If your network operator supports this feature, you can choose whether th e display shows the operator logo when the phone is in the idle s tate. In standby m ode, select Men u > Settings > M ain display > Banner > Default or P ersonalise . Backlight time-out You can ch oose how long to set the backlights on. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Backlight tim e-out > 15 s econds or Pe rsonalise (to enter the time-out ranging from 15 sec onds to 5 m inutes). â Mini display setti ngs Wallpaper You ca n set your de vic e to di sp lay a background picture (wallpaper). 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Mini display > Wallpaper > Select wallpaper > Images , Video cli ps , Graph ics , Ton es , Recordi ngs , Themes , or a user- creat ed fold er > Open . 2. Browse your sele cted fol der contain ing the graphics or image of your desired wallpaper. 3 . W h e n yo u ar r i v e a t t h e i m a ge o f your choi ce, s ele ct Op tio ns > Set as wallpaper . 4. To select a set of images to rotate as wallpape r slides, select Select slide set > I mages . 5. To activate or deactivate wallpaper, in standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Mi ni display > Wallpaper > On or Off . Screen saver In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Mini display > Screen saver > On , Off , Screen savers ( Image , or Slide set ), o r Time-out . Power saver You can turn the power saver on and off. In stan dby mo de, selec t Menu > 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 50 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 51 Settings > Mini display > Pow e r saver > On or Off . Colo u r sc hem es You can c hange the colour of some display components in your device, such as indicators and signal bars. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Mini display > C olour schemes an d t h e co l ou r s ch em e o f your ch oice. â Tone settings You can ad just the ringing volum e, keypad tone s, and more fo r the act ive profile. See âÂÂPersonalise a profileâÂÂ, p. 4 8 for more information on profile settin gs. Select Menu > Se ttings > T ones and one of the following: Incom ing call al ert âÂÂSele ct h ow th e device n otifies you of an incoming call. Video ringing tone > On or Off â Indicate w hether to repla ce the de fault audio ringing tone with th e selected video. Note: When a video ringing tone is selecte d, the video is only displayed on the internal or main display scree n. It is recommende d not to select Answer when fold is opened with a video ringing tone. See âÂÂOpen fol d to a nswer âÂÂ, p. 53. Ringing tone âÂÂS elect the ringi ng tone for incoming calls. Ringing volu me âÂÂSet the v olu me of your ringing tone . Light indicator > On or Off âÂÂSet the light indicator. Vibrating al ert > On or Off âÂÂSet the vibrating alert. Message alert tone âÂÂSelect th e tone for received messages. Keypad t ones âÂÂSet t he vo lume of y our keypad tones (or tu rn them off). War ni ng t on es > On or Off âÂÂSet warning and co nfirmation tones. Alert for âÂÂDefine w hich caller groups the selected profile will accept or decline. See âÂÂCaller groupsâÂÂ, p. 34. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 51 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 52 â Time and date settings Clock In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Time and date > Cloc k > Show clock or Hide clo ck , Set t he time , Time zone or Time format . Date In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Time and date > Date > Show date or Hide date , Set the date , Date format , or Date separator . Date and time auto-update Auto-update is a network servic e. See âÂÂNetwork servic esâÂÂ, p. viii. If your network operator supports this feature, you ca n all ow the d igi tal netw or k to set th e cl ock, w hich is us efu l when you are out of yo ur home area, for instance when y ou have tr avel ed to ano ther network or tim e zone. In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Time and date > Auto- update of date & tim e > On , Co nfirm first , or Off . If you use th e Auto-update of date & time option wh ile outside your digital network, you m ay be prompted to enter the time m anually. Network tim e will replace the tim e and date when you reenter your digit al network. If your battery has been removed or has discharged outside the digital network, you may be prompt ed to enter t he time manually ( when the battery is replaced or recharged, and you are still outside of th e digital network). â Call settings Anykey answer Anykey an swer e nables y ou to answer an incoming call. Briefly press any ke y except the right selection or end key. In st andby mode, selec t Menu > Settings > Call > Anykey answer > On or Off . Automatic re dial Occas ionally, you r net work ma y experience heavy traffic, resulti ng in a fast busy si gna l when yo u dia l. With automatic redial activated, your device redials the number (number of times is specified by the network), and notifies you w hen the netw ork is available. In st andby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Automatic re dial > On or Off . Speed dials You can activ ate or deactivate s peed dials. I n standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Speed dials > On or Off . See âÂÂSet up spe ed dial sâ , p. 34. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 52 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 53 O p e n f o l d t o a n s w e r By default, your phone answers an incoming ca ll when you open the fold. You can c hange the default setting so your phone does no t answer calls with the fold open. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Answer when fold is opened > On or Off . Calling card If you use a callin g card for long distance c alls, you can save the calling card numbers in your de vice. Your devi ce ca n s tor e up t o fo ur ca lli ng cards. Contact y our calling card company for more information. Save information 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Callin g card . 2. En ter you r lo ck c ode, and sele ct OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. 3. Scroll to one of the four card memory locations , and select Options > Edit > Dialling sequence and one of the following sequence types: Access no. phone n o. card no. â Dial t he acc ess num ber, t he ph one number, th en the c ard number ( and the PIN, if required). Access no. card no. phone no. â Dial t he acc ess num ber, t he car d number (and the PIN, if required), then t he ph one n umber. Prefix phone no. card no. âÂÂD ial the prefix (numbers that must prece de the p hone n umber ) and phone number you wan t to dial, then the c ard num ber ( and th e PIN, if required). 4. Enter the re quired inform ation (access number or prefix and card number), and select OK to con fi rm your entries. 5. S el ect Card name , enter th e card name, and select OK . Make ca lls After you have saved yo ur calling card information in your device, you can make a call us ing your calling card. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 53 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 54 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Cal l > Calling card . 2. Enter your lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 6 1. 3. Select your desired calling card. 4. Press the end key to return to standby mode; then enter the phone number, including any prefix (such as 0 or 1) that you r calling card may require whe n you make a calling card call. See you r calling card for instructions 5. Press and hold the call key for a few secon ds un til Card call is displayed. 6. When you he ar the tone or system mess age, se lect OK . Data or fax calls Data and fax calling is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork serv icesâÂÂ, p. v iii. If your network operator supports this feature, you can set up the devic e to send or receive data and fax calls with a terminal, such as a PDA or PC, connecte d. For better performance during data calls, place the device on a stationary surface. Do not move the device or hold it in your han d during a data call. For more info rmation on connect ivity, refer to the PC/PDA Conn ectivity Guide which can be downl oaded from the Nokia website at www.nokia-as ia.com. 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Call > Data/fax calls > Incom ing data/fax call and one of the follo wing options: Normal âÂÂThe device re ceives incoming ca lls as usual. Data calls only âÂÂThe d evi ce re cei ves only data calls . Fax cal ls only âÂÂThe device receive s only fax calls. 2. When finishe d with receiving th e fax or data call, repeat steps 1 and 2, an d se lect Normal . Data transf er You can view th e transmission s peed when sending or receiving data and fax calls. In standb y mode, select Menu > Sett ings > Call > Data/fax calls > Data rate display > Graphic or Off . Call summary Your dev ice can d is pla y the tim e spen t on a cal l when you ha ng up . In sta ndby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Call summary > On or Off . Ringing tone for no calle r ID You can select a different ringing tone for calls received w ith no caller ID. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > R inging tone for no caller ID > On or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 54 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 55 International prefix You can store an international diallin g prefix into your device. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Internation al prefix . In standby mode, when you ent er (press * twice) at the beginning of a phone num ber, your device aut omatically inserts the international dia lling prefix that you have s tored after you pre ss the call key. See âÂÂInsert dialling code sâÂÂ, p. 28. â Phone settings Phone language The phone language affects the time and date formats of the clock, alarm cloc k, a nd c alen dar . Memory status You can v iew the size of memory available on your device. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > Memory status . You can v iew the size of memory available for application installations. In standby mode, select Menu > Extras > Mem ory . Automatic keyguard You c an se t th e ke ypad of your de vice to lock automatically after a preset time de lay. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > Automatic keyguard > On or Off . 2. If you selec t On , Set d elay: is displayed. 3. Enter the delay tim e (in mm:ss format), and select OK . When ke yguard is on, it ma y be poss ible to dial the emerge ncy number programmed into your device. DTMF to nes DTMF tones are the tones that soun d when yo u press the keys on y our device keypad. You can use DTMF tone s for many automated dial-up services such as banking and airlines or for entering your voice mailbox num ber and password. DTMF tones are sent during an active call. You c an send them m anually from your dev ice keypad, or s end them automatica lly by saving them in your device. Set type In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > DTMF tones > Manual DTMF t ones and one of the following options: Continuou s âÂÂSet the t one soun d for as long as you press and hold a key. Fixe d âÂÂSend tones of the duration you specify in th e DTMF tone length option . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 55 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 56 Off âÂÂTurn off tones. No tone s are sent when you pres s a key. Set length You can speci fy DTMF tone length for the Fixed option. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > DTMF tones > DTMF tone length > Short (0.1 seconds) or Long (0. 5 seconds) . Start-up tone You can select to ha ve a start-up tone when you first turn on your device. In st andby mode, selec t Menu > Settings > Phone > Start-up tone > On or Off . Help tex t acti vati on Your device displays brief descriptions for most menu items. When you arrive at a featu re or menu, pause for abou t 14 seconds, an d wait for the help text to be displayed. If necessary, use the scroll key to page through the full help text. The default se tting for help text is On . Howeve r, you can turn help tex t on or off. In stan dby mo de, selec t Menu > Settings > Phone > He lp t ext activation > On or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 56 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 57 â Connectivity Infrared You can s et up the phone to rec eive data through its IR port. To use an IR connect ion, transmission and reception must be to or from an IR compatible phon e or device. You can send or re ceive dat a such as bu siness cards, gra phics, images, sound clips , music files, videos, and calendar notes to or from a compatible phone or data devi ce (s uch as a compu ter ) us ing t he IR port of your phone. Do not point the IR (infrared) beam at anyoneâÂÂs eye or allow it to interfere with other IR devices. This device is a Class 1 laser product. Send and receive data 1. Ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving de vices are pointing at each other and that there are no obstructions between the device s. The preferable distance between the two devices in an IR connection is from 3 inches to 3 fe et. 2. To act ivat e I R in your p hon e, sel ect Menu > Settin gs > Connectivity > Infrared . 3. The user of the other device must activate IR as well. If data transfe r is not started within 2 minutes after the activation of the IR port, the connection is cancelled and must be restarted. Connection indicator ⢠When is shown continuous ly, the IR connect ion is activated a nd your phone is ready to send or receive data using its IR port. ⢠When blinks, your phone is trying to conn ect to the other device or a connection has been lost. â V o ice commands and voice tags Before using voice tags, note the following: ⢠Voice tags are not language- dependent, but depend on the speake râÂÂs voice. ⢠Yo u mu st sa y t he n ame ex actl y a s you said it when you recorded it. ⢠Voice tags are sensitive to backgrou nd noise. Record voice tags, and use them in a quiet enviro nment. ⢠Very sh ort names are not acce pted. Use long names, a nd avoid similar names for different numbers. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 57 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 58 Note: Using voice tags may be difficult in a noisy envi ronm ent o r du ring an emergenc y, so you should not rely on voice diallin g in all circum stance s. Hands-free operation You can s et as many as 16 voic e commands to e nable hands-free operation of certain fe atures in your device. Assign a voi ce tag to a command Before using vo ice commands, you must first add a voi ce tag to the device function. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > V oice com mands . 2. Select the device function you wan t to ta g: Profiles , Voi ce mailbox , Radio , Infrare d , Voi c e recorder or Call register . 3. If necessary, select an option associat ed with that fu nction. 4. Select Add , and speak the voice t ag clea rly i nt o the mi cro phone. Do n ot selec t Qui t unless you w ant to cancel the recording. The device replays and saves the recorded tag. appe ars next to commands w ith voice tags assigne d. Activate a voice command After you have asso ciated a voice t ag with a function in y our device, to iss ue a comma nd, speak the voice tag. 1. In standby mode, press and hold the ri ght sel ect ion ke y or voi ce key . 2. With Speak now displayed, pro nounce th e voice tag clea rly into the mic rophone. With the voic e tag found, the de vice displays Foun d: , and plays the recognised voice tag through the earpiece. The function you requested is activated. Options After you have asso ciated a voice t ag to a command, you can select one of the following options: Playback âÂÂListe n to the voice comma nd tag. Change âÂÂChan ge th e voi ce c ommand . Delete âÂÂErase th e voi ce co mmand ta g. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 58 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 59 â Enhancement settings The en ha nceme nt s ettings me nu is shown only if the dev ice has been connect ed to a com patible enhanc ement . In standb y mode , sel ect Menu > Settings > Enh ancem ents > Headset , Textphone , or Charger . Headset Impor tant: The headset ma y affect your abilit y to hear sounds around y ou. Do not use t he heads et in situ ations that m ay enda nger your safety. Select the option of your ch oice to enter the subme nu and modify its settin gs. Default profil e âÂÂChoose the profile y ou want aut omatically activate d with a heads et connect ed. Automatic answer > On or Off â Answer calls aut omatically after one ring wit h a he ad set conn ect ed. Note: .Automatic a nswer will only be active whilst Gene ral profile is active. Hand s-fre e op eration Select the option of yo ur choice to enter t he subm enu and modify i ts settings. Default profile â Choose the profile you want autom atically activate d with your dev ice connec ted to a car kit. Automatic answe r > On or Off â Answer cal ls automatically after one ring with a car kit connec ted. Note: .Automa tic answer will only be active whilst Gene ra l profile is active. Lights > On or Automatic âÂÂChoose to keep the de vice l ights al ways on, or to shut off aut omatically after sev eral seconds. Charger Select the option of yo ur choice to enter t he subm enu and modify i ts settings. Default profile â Choose the profile you want autom atically activate d with your devi ce connected to th e charger. Lights >On or Automatic âÂÂC hoose to keep the de vice l ights al ways on, or to shut off aut omatically after sev eral seconds. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 59 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 60 â Security settings When first accessing th e security settings, enter the preset lock code. The default settin g for lock code is 12345. Depe nding on your wireless service provider or network operator, the preset lock code can be a five digit number su ch as 12345 or 000 00. If none of these work , contact your wireless service provide r or network operator for help. Phone lock The phone lock feature protects your device from unautho rised outgoing calls or unauthoris ed access to information s tored in the device . With phone lo ck ac ti vate d, Phone locked is displaye d each time you turn your device on or off. With the de vice locked, calls may still be possible to the official emergency number programmed into y our device. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, an d select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 6 1. 3. Select Phone lock and one of the following options: Off â Immediately turns off the device l ock feature . Lock now â Immediately t urns on the de vice l ock fea ture. On po we r-up âÂÂTurns on the device lock fea ture the next time you turn the dev ice on. With Lock now selected, you m ust enter your lock code before the d evice can functi on normally. With th e lock code accepted, your device functions normally. Call not allowed is displayed if you attempt to plac e a call with you r device lock ed. To ans wer a call with phone lock on, select Answer , or press the call key. Allow numbers With phone lock on, the only outg oing calls you can make are to the emerge ncy n umber progra mmed i nto your device (for example, 11 1 or 000 or 911) or the nu mber stored in the Allowed no. when phone locked location: 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Se curity . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. 3. Select Allowed no. âÂÂs (numbers) whe n phone l ocked . With an empty folder se lect ed, sele ct A ssign , and enter the p hone number ; or sele ct Assign > Search to recall th e number from yo ur contacts list. Select OK . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 60 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 61 To ca ll the allowed p hone num ber, in standby mode, scroll down to highlight the n umber y ou want to call, o r enter i t on the keyp ad; p ress t he call k ey to plac e the call. Change lock code The preset lock code, by default, is the last five digits of your phone number. Depending on your wireless service provider or network operator, the preset lock code can be a five digit number su ch as 12345 or 000 00. If none of thes e work, contac t your wireless service provider or network operator for help. To ensure the security of your devic e, you m ay wan t t o chan ge the p rese t lock code to your own sele cte d fi ve digit numbe r. Avoid using cod es similar to eme rgency n umbers su ch as 1 11 or 000 or 911 to prev ent accidenta l dialling of the emerge ncy number. If you enter an incorre ct lock code five times in a r ow, you r de vice may a sk yo u for the security code. By default, the security code is 12345, a five digit numb er. Note: With the w rong lock code entered five times in succession, your phone will not accept your corre ct lock code for 5 minutes , even if you power off the device between incorrect e ntries. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, and sele ct OK . 3. S el ect Change lock co de . 4. Enter the new loc k code (must be 4 characters i n length ). 5. Reenter the new lock code for verification , and select OK . When cha nging you r lock code, ma ke sure you st ore it in a safe place, away from your device. Avoid entering access code s similar to emergency number s to preven t acci dent al emerge ncy call s. Call restrictions Select call restric tions to block or allow numbers for incomin g and outgoing calls. With any numbers ente red as allowed numbers , all those entered as blocked numbers are ignored. With a number blocked, the phone block s any call from it, and send the caller to the voice m ail. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, and sele ct OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. 3. S el ect Call re strictions . 4. Select the types of calls you want to restrict: Restrict ou tgoing calls âÂÂSe t restrictions on makin g calls. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 61 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 62 Restrict incomi ng calls âÂÂSet restrictions on receiv ing calls. 5. Select whether to block or allow numbers: Blocked numbers âÂÂSet the numbers the phone can only block , allowing all t he r est . Allowed numbers âÂÂSet t he num bers the phone can only call or receive, blocking all the rest. 6. Select one of the se options : Select , Add restricti on (unavailable wit h memory ful l), Edit (unavailable with no num ber ad ded) , or Delete (unavailable with no number added). Note: With restricted calls, you may still ca ll the official emerge ncy n umber programmed into your device. Voice privacy Voice privacy is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork servic esâÂÂ, p. viii. If your wireless service provide r or network operator supports t his feature, the voice privacy feature protects the privacy of your current phone conversation from ot her callers placing phon e ca lls on your sa me n etwo rk . 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, an d select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 6 1. 3. Select V oice priv acy > On or Off . â Application settings 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Application settings . 2. Scroll to one of the following submen us to activate options for preset or downloaded games or applications. Application sou nds > On or Off Application lights > A pp. defined or Def ault Application vibration > On or Off â Network The menu opti ons you see in your device depend on your netw ork operatorâÂÂs netwo rk. The network determine s which options actually appear in the device menu. Check with your network operator for more information. The Network menu en ables you to personalise the way your device chooses a network in which to ope rate while you are within or outside of your primary or home sys tem. Your device is set t o search for th e most c ost- effective network. If yo ur device cannot find a preferred network , it selects a network automatically based on the option you choose in th e Network menu. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 62 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 63 Roaming options You can set your device to roam or search for another ne twork when you are not in yo ur home area. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Network > Roam ing options and one of the following options: Automatic âÂÂTh e device automatically searches for serv ice in another digit al network. W ith no service found, the device uses analog service. The roaming rate applies when not in th e home servi ce are a. 2. S ele ct OK , if necessary, to confirm the activation. Mode You can c hoose whether yo ur device uses di git al or an al og s erv ic e. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Network > Mode and one of the following service options: Digital only âÂÂT he device only works in digital mode . â Network services The following features are network services. See âÂÂNetwork serv icesâÂÂ, p. vii i. Store a feature code 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Network s ervices > Network feature setting . 2. Enter the fe ature code fro m your network operator (for example, *633), and selec t OK . 3. Select the type of service that mat che s th e fe at ure code you entered (for example, Call dive rt ). The activated feature code is now stor ed in yo ur d evi ce, and you a re returned to the Feature code: field. Continue ente ring other feature codes (for example, *633), or press the end key to return to standby mode. When you enter a network feature code suc cessf ully, th e featu re beco mes vis ible in the Network servic es menu . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 63 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 64 Call divert Call divert tel ls your network to redirect incoming c alls to another number. Ca ll divert is a network servic e and may not w ork the same in all networ ks, so conta ct your net work operator for availability. Activa te The following options m ay not all appear in t he display. Contact your network operator for more information. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Net work services > Call divert > Activate . 2. Enter the numbe r to which your calls, data, or other informa tion will be diverted, and s elect OK . Cance l In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Network services > Call divert > Cancel all diverts . Cancel all diverts may affe ct your ability to receive voice mail messages. Contact your network operator for specific details . â Restore factory settings You can rese t some of the menu settings to their origina l values. Data that you have entered or downloade d is not deleted (for example, entries in your cont acts list are not affected) . 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Restore settings . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. Note: Depending on y our wireless service provider or network o perator, your dev ice may sometime s ask you for the secu rity code ( default ed to 12345) ins tead of the lock code. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 64 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 65 11 . O r g a n i s e r Your device contains feature s to help organise your eve ryday life, including an alarm clock, calendar, notes, to-do list, calcu lator, countdown timer, and stopwatch. â Alarm clock If the alar m time arrives with the device s witched off, the d evice switch es itself on and starts sounding the alarm to ne. If yo u select Stop , the device a sks wheth er you want to activate the device for calls. Select No to switch off the device or Yes to make and receive calls. Do not select Ye s when wir eless ph one us e may c ause interference or danger. Set or change alarm setting The alarm clock depends on the device clock which soun ds an alert anytime you s pecify. It even works with the device turne d off. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm time > On . 2. Enter the time fo r the alarm in hh:mm format. 3. S el ect am or pm (w ith 12 -hour format selected), and select OK . Alarm on appears briefly in the display, and appears in standby mode. Repeat alar m You can s et the alarm to repea t. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Repeat alarm > On / Off or Re petition days . Select to choose. Set t he alar m tone You can s et which tone to play w hen the alarm sounds. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm tone > Standard , Radio , or Open Gallery to choose th e tone yo u want to use. If you set you r alarm to Radio , use an accessory that su pports FM ster eo. Snooze time-out To set the alarm snooze time , select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Snooze time-out > 5 minutes , 10 minutes , 15 minutes , 3 0 minutes , 60 minutes , or Othe r (to enter up to 60 min ut es sn ooz e time ). 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 65 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Organiser 66 Alarm conditions When the alarm soun ds, your de vice beeps, vibrates (if vibrating alert is on for currently active profile) , and the display lights up . With the de vice on, select Stop to s hut the alarm off or Snooze . Wit h Snooze selected, t he alarm stops for 10 minutes, or the sele cted duration, and Snooze on appears in t he display. If you do n ot p ress a ke y, t he ala rms stops (snoozes) for 10 min utes, then sounds aga in. You can also select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Snooze time-o ut to reset the sn ooze time. Turn an alarm off In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm time > Off . â Calendar The calendar ke eps track of reminders, calls you need to ma ke, meetings, and birthdays. It can even sound an al arm for any of these events. Monthly view provides an overview of the selected mon th and weeks, enabling you to jump t o a specific da te. Any days or dates that appear in bold font contain calendar notes such as a meetin g or r emin der. Open In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calendar , or press the right scroll key. Scroll to move the cursor in some ca lendar views. Go to a date 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Organiser > Calendar > Op tio ns > Go to date . 2. Enter the da te (dd:mm:yyy y), and selec t OK . Note a spec ific date You can apply five types of notes to your c alendar. Your d evice asks for further information depen ding on whic h not e you choos e. You als o have the opti on t o set an al arm f or an y not e you s elect. 1. Enter the da te for which you want to set a reminder. See âÂÂGo to a dateâÂÂ, p. 66. 2. From the mont hly vie w ( with the go-to date highlight ed), select Opti ons > Make a note and one of the fo llow ing note types : Meeting âÂÂEnter a subject, l ocat ion, and a start and end da te and time. Call âÂÂEnter a phone number, a name, and the date and time . Birthday âÂÂEnter th e personâÂÂs name, date and year of birth. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 66 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 67 Memo âÂÂEnter a su bject and a s tart and end date. Reminder âÂÂEnter the su bject and date of your reminde r. You are given the option to set an alarm. 3. Enter your note, and select Save . View note s (day view) After you have created calenda r notes, you can v iew them. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . 2. Scroll to the date containing the note that appears in bold type, and sele ct View . Options while view ing a list of notes 1. Sele ct Options while viewing a dayâÂÂs note to dis play the following: The options listed below are available while vie wing the header of a note. Make a note âÂÂCreate a n ew note for the selected date. Delete âÂÂDelet e the n ote. Edit âÂÂEdit the note . Move âÂÂMove the note to another date on your cale ndar. Repeat âÂÂSet th e note (exce pt for birthday note) to recur on a regular basis (daily, weekly, biweekly , monthly, and ye arly). Go to dat e âÂÂJump to another date on your calendar. Go to today âÂÂJum p to the current date on your cale ndar. Send note âÂÂSend th e note to another dev ice as a t ext message or in calendar-to-c alendar format by way of multim edia messages or SMS. Cop y âÂÂCopy the note for you to paste to another date. Settings âÂÂSet the da te and time, date and tim e format, the da y each week st arts and whethe r you want your notes to autode lete after a specified time. Go to to-do list âÂÂJump to the to-d o list on your calendar. 2. Select an option to activate it or enter i ts submenu . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 67 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Organiser 68 Send a note 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . 2. Scroll to th e date that appears in bold type, containin g the note you want t o send, an d select Vie w . 3. Scroll to the note you want to send , and selec t Opt ions > Send note > Send as message ( Tex t message or Multimedia msg. ), Via calendar , o r Via infrared . 4. If y ou select Via c alendar , enter the number for the recipient, or select Search to retrieve a number from the conta cts list; select OK . 5. If you s elect Send as message ( Te xt message or Multimedia msg. ), the note appears as a text message in the display . â¢S e l e c t Send to > Send to number , Send to many , or Send to distrib. list . ⢠Enter the num ber for the recipient, or select Search to retrieve a number from the contacts list; select Send . Receive calendar notes When yo u receive a calenda r note in calendar-to-calendar format, your device di splays Calendar not e received . ⢠To view calenda r notes, select Show , and if nece ssary, scroll to view the entire messag e. ⢠To save cale ndar notes a fter viewing , select Opti ons > Save . ⢠To discard calendar notes after viewing , select Exit or Options > Dis car d . When yo u receiv e a calenda r note or text message , a message notification appears in standby mode. You can save the note in your calendar and set an alarm for any date and time. â Notes You can write and s ave information in Notes an d se nd n ote s us ing multimedia or text me ssage. In st andby mode, selec t Menu > Organiser > Notes . With no notes created, sele ct Add no te , create you r note, and select Save wh en do ne. W ith notes already c reated, highlight the note you want to u se, and select View to read or Opti ons > Make a note , Delete , Ed it , Send note ( Send as message or Via multimedia ), or Delete all notes . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 68 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 69 â To-do li st Use the to-do list feature to keep track of your tasks. You can save a note for a task, select a priority level for the note and mark it as done when you have complete d it. You can sort the notes by priority or by date. Add a to-do note 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > To-do list . 2. If there are no notes, sel ect A dd note . 3. Enter th e subject of the to-do no te, and select Save . 4. Sele ct High , Medium , or Lo w priority. 5. Enter the d ue date and time to set the alarm. View a to-do note 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > To-do list . 2. Highlight a to-do note, and select Optio ns and one o f the follo wing: Add âÂÂAdd another n ote. Delete âÂÂDelet e the n ote. Mark note as done or Mark as not done âÂÂM ark a not e or ta sk a s completed or not; if comple ted, no more reminders will follow . Sort by deadline âÂÂSort the note s according to the ir deadline. Send âÂÂSend the not e to another device, as a text or multim edia message, or as a c alendar note to another compat ible device. Go to calendar âÂÂLeave th e to-do list, and go to the calendar. Save to calendar âÂÂSave th e to- do note to a date on your calendar. Delete done note s âÂÂDelet e al l the completed to-do not es. Delete all notes âÂÂDelete all the to-do notes in the list. 3. Vie w the to-do note, and select Edit to edit th e note or Options to select from the following: Deadline âÂÂSet a deadli ne for the note, listing any unc ompleted notes if existing. Mark note as done or Mark as not done âÂÂMark a note or task as completed or not; if co mpleted, no more reminders will follow. Delete âÂÂDelet e the n ote. Edit priority âÂÂCh ange the priority to high, medium, or low. Send âÂÂSend the not e to another device, as a text or multim edia message, or as a c alendar note to another compat ible device. Go to calendar âÂÂLeave th e to-do list, and go to the calendar. Save to calendar âÂÂSave th e to- do note to a date on your calendar. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 69 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Organiser 70 â Calculator The calculator in your device adds, subtracts, multiplie s, divides, calculate s the square an d the square root, changes the sign of the number enter ed , and conv erts cur re ncy va lues . Note: This calculator, designed for simple calcu lations, has limited a ccuracy. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calculator . 2. Ente r the first number in the calculation. Press # for a decima l point if necessary. To change the sign, selec t Options > Change sign , or scroll up or down. To perform a square or square root calculation, select Opt ions > Square or Square root . To cycle through th e add ( ), subtract (-), multiply (*), and divide (/) ch aract ers, p ress *. 3. En ter the second numbe r in your calculation. 4. Sele ct Equals to complete calculation or Optio ns if more functio ns are req uired . Currency converter You can convert fo reign currency t o domes tic, or vice versa , directly in standby mode or from the Calculator menu. Note: When you change base currency, you must enter the new rates beca use all previously set exchange rates are set to zero. 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Organiser > Calculator > Opti ons > Exchange rate > Foreign units in dom estic units or Domest ic units in foreign un its . Forei gn units in domestic units â The number of dome stic units cost to make one u nit of foreign curr enc y. Domest ic units in foreign units â The num ber of foreign units cost to make one unit of your dom estic curr enc y. 2. Enter t he excha nge ra te (pres s # to insert a decimal) , and select OK . 3. I n stan dby mod e, enter th e currency amount to be conve rted. 4. Se lect Opt ion s > In domestic or In foreign . In domestic âÂÂcon verts foreign currency to domestic currency. In foreign âÂÂconvert s domestic currency to foreign currency. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 70 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 71 5. If yo u do not ent er a n ex chan ge rate, the device will prom pt you to do so. Select OK . You can edi t the exchange rat e at anytime. â Countdown timer The countdo wn timer in your device enables you to e nter a specific tim e (up to 99 hours and 59 minutes). Wh en the time runs ou t, your device sounds an alarm. Note: The co untdown timer only works when the device is on. When you tu rn off your device, the time r is no longer active. Set the time r 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Timer > Normal ti mer , Interval timer , o r Settings . Normal timer meas ur es the countdown tim e for tasks that have one period (timer name). Interval timer saves sets of coun td own ti mes wi th m ore tha n one period. 2. Enter the time ( in hh:mm :ss format), and select OK . 3. Enter a note for th e timer, and sele ct Start . appears in standby mode with the countdown timer set. When the time runs out, your device sounds an alarm, displays the time r note, vibrates (if set), a nd flashes its li ghts. Press any key during the alarm to stop the alar m. After 30 seconds th e timer alert stops autom atically. Change the time After you have set the time r, you can chan ge the ti me. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organ iser > Timer > C hange time . 2. Enter the new time , and select OK . 3. Leav e the note as it was, or enter a new note; s elect Sta rt . Inte rrupt th e timer After you have set the time r, you can stop the timer. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Timer > Stop timer . â Stopwatch You can us e the stopwatch in your device to trac k time. The stopwa tch displays time in hours, minutes, seconds, and fractions of a seco nd in hh:mm:ss:s form at. Using the stopwatch or allowing it to run in the background when using other features inc reases the demand on battery power and reduces the battery life. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 71 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Organiser 72 Measure ti me 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch > Split timing or Lap t iming > Start . Th e running time is displaye d. Split timing âÂÂYo u ca n us e the s pl it time function for such things as a long dista nce race when yo u need to pace yourself. Select Split to note the lapsed time . The timer continues to run and the split time appears below the running time. Each time you se lect Split , the new measured time appears at the beginning of the list. Lap timing âÂÂYou can use t he la p time function w hen you want to track how long it takes to complete each cyc le or lap. Sele ct Lap to note the lap time. The clock stops, then starts immediat ely from zero. The lap time appears below the running time. Each time you select Lap , the ne w measured time appears at the beginning of the list. 2. Sele ct Stop to end the timing and display the total time or Stop > Options > Start or Re set to continue or reset ti ming. Lap and sp lit tim es To save a time while the clock is running, select Stop > Sav e , e nter a name for the m easur ement, an d sel ect OK . I f you do not enter a name, the total time is us ed as the default tit le for the lap or split time. To view a saved time, in standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch > Show last time or View times . To delete a saved time from Stopwatch , sele ct View time s and the time to delet e, and select Delete > Yes ; or select Delete tim es > O ne by one or Delete all . Operation note If you pres s the end ke y and return to standby mode, the clock continues to run in the background, and appears in the upper left corner. To return to the stopwatch s creens, in standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Stop watch > C ontinue . To s top the clo ck, sele ct Stop . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 72 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 73 Opt ion s You can c hoose the following option s when y ou use th e stopw atch : Continue âÂÂAppea rs when th e stopwatch is working in the background. Show last time â Appears when you have save d a split or lap time and displays the last time saved. Split timing âÂÂAs ks if you want to discontinu e previous timing. Lap timing â Asks if you want to discontinu e previous timing. View time s âÂÂEnables you to browse the saved times. Delete t imes âÂÂEnable s you to delete any sa ved times . You can delet e the saved times one by one or all at once. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 73 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Mobile web 74 12. Mobil e web Minibrowser is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork servic esâÂÂ, p. viii. Your device has a built-in browser you can use to connec t to selecte d services on the mobil e internet . If your network operator supports t his feature, then you can view weather re ports, che ck news or flight time s, view financial information, and muc h more. The web browser on your device can display WAP-based content. Your device may have some bookmarks loaded for sites not affilia ted with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to acce ss them , you sho uld ta ke the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you wou ld with any int ernet site. The security icon does not indicate that t he data trans mission be tween the gatew ay and the c ontent server (or place w here th e req uested resour ce is stored) is secure. The network operator secures the data transmission between the gate way and the co ntent server. â Mobile Internet access Because mobile Int ernet content is designed to be viewed from your device, your network ope rator is now your mobile Internet service provider as well. It is likely th at your network operator has created a home page and set up your browser to go to this page when you log on to the mobile Inte rnet. At your service providerâÂÂs home page, you may find links to a num ber of other sites. It should not be nec essary to manually configure the brow ser on your de vice. Normally this is done by yo ur network operator after you subscribe to the feature. C ontact your netw ork operator if you have problems u sing the browser. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 74 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Mobile web 75 â Sign on In standby mode, select Menu > Mobile web > Minibro wser > Con nect or the operator provided menu item. After a brief pause, your device attem pts to connect to your ne twork operatorâÂÂs home page. If you receive an error mess age, your d evice may not be set up for browsing. C ontact your network operator to ma ke sure that your device is configured prope rly. â Navigate the mobile Internet Since your device screen is much smaller than a computer s creen, mobile I nternet content is displa yed differently t han you m ay be accustomed to seei ng. Thi s sect ion contain s guidelines for using the keys to nav iga te a WAP si te. Phone keys ⢠Press the power key to di splay the minibrowser home scree n. ⢠Scroll up or down to browse the WAP site. ⢠Sel ect an item . ⢠To enter letters and numbers, press a ke y fro m 0â 9. ⢠To enter special characters, press *. Receive a call while online If your data conn ection is not activ e, you may still be able to receive a voice call while using th e WAP browser. ⢠To answer the incom ing call, press the call key. ⢠To reject the incomin g call, press the en d key (a carri er-de pen dent feature). While in th e voice call, you are not able to load new pages in the browser. Note: If your data conn ection is active, the incoming calls are automatically diverted to voice mail, depending on your carrier. Make an emergency call while online You can e nd your data co nnection an d make an emerg enc y ca ll. 1. To close your mobile Inte rnet conne ctio n, press th e end key . 2. Press the end k ey as many times as needed to c lear th e di splay and ready the device for calls. 3. Enter th e emerge ncy nu mber for your pres ent l oca tion ( for examp le, 111 or 000 or 911). E mergency numbers vary by location. 4. Press th e call ke y. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 75 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Mobile web 76 Clear the ca che and disconnect A cache is a mem ory location that is used to store data temporarily. If you have tried to access or have accessed confidential inform ation requiring passwords, empty the cache aft er each use. The information or servic es you have ac cessed ar e stored i n the c ache. To emp ty the cac he w hile in the browser menu, sele ct Navigate > Adva nced > Clear > Cache fro m the home page. To clear the cache and power off your device, press and hold the pow er key. To close your mobile in ternet connection wh ile browsing, press the end ke y. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 76 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Extr as 77 13. Extras Challenge yourself or a friend to one of the fun games in your device . Some menus list ed are net work servic es. Con tact your ne twork ope rat or fo r more information. To download game s or applications, sele ct either the Games or Colle ction menu. â Gam es In standby mode, select Menu > Extras > Games to display the ga mes on your device. â Collection Collecti ons is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork servicesâÂÂ, p. viii . If your network operator supports th is feature, you will find us eful applications pre-installed on your device. Also, you can manage and download new Java applications that ma y be offered by your network ope rator. An application may requ ire a few seconds to load. W hen you open an application, wa it for the launch screen to disappear. At that point, the application is ready. In standby mode, select Menu > Extras > Collection and an application. Note: Only install applic ations from sources that offer adequate protection against harmful software. â Memory You can vie w the size of memory available for games or application installatio ns. In standby mode, select Menu > Ex tras > Memory . Note: Only install applic ations from sources that offer adequate protection against harmful software. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 77 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
PC conne ctivit y 78 14. PC con nectiv ity â USB data transfer You can trans fer data such as mu sic, photos, and videos from your device to a compatible PC or from a compati ble PC to you r device using a DKU-2 USB data cable or the CA-53 data cable. The cabl e is connecte d to your device correctly w hen the arrowhead points toward the display screen. Disconnect the USB data cable from the device to make a call. Transfer with Windows Explorer It is possible to use Windows Explorer to transfer music, photo, and video files to your device and from you r device to yo ur PC. 1. Conne ct your PC and your device with a DKU -2 USB cable. Data enhanc ement c onnec ted is displayed on your device. 2. Open Windows Explorer. Your device appears as a lo cal drive (named by Nok ia 61 55) with a drive letter assigned to it. 3. Click on th e folders to display a window that shows the contents of the folder on the de vice. 4. Open a secon d inst ance of Windows Explorer, and display the contents of the folder on your PC where you ha ve MP3 files, photo files, or video files stored. 5. Se lect the files on your PC that you want to tran sfer to the device . 6. D rag and drop the files from the second window into the first window, and place them in a folder. 7. T he files are transf erred to the device and can be played or accessed by t he me dia pl ayer. If you select files that require more memory tha n the memory capac ity of the device, an error note is displayed. Deselect some of the file s u nt il the se lec ted fi les fi t th e memo ry . 8. D isconnect the US B cable. â Nokia PC Suite Nokia PC Suite software is available for the Nokia 6155 phones. Nokia PC Suite is a collection of powerful tools th at you can use to m anage yo ur device features and data. Each component is a separate program that includes online helps. Nokia PC Suite software, installation inst ructions, and other documentation, which are provided 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 78 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
PC conne ctivit y 79 free of charge and can be downloaded from the software downloads of the Nokia web s ite: www.n oki a-asi a.co m. Some of the features in yo ur device require netwo rk support. Contact your network operator for a vailability and configurat ion instructions. ⢠Noki a Imag e Conver ter ma kes images usable for multim edia messages or wallpapers and transfers the m to your device . ⢠Nokia Sound Converter edits polyphonic ringing tones to be compatible with y our device and transfers the m to your device . ⢠Nokia Content Copier copies information or backs up information from yo ur device to the PC or to another compatible Nokia de vice. ⢠Nokia Phone Editor sends text messag es and edits the cont act directory and m essa ge settings of your de vice. ⢠Nokia PC Sync synchronises the contacts directory and calendar between your device and a compatible PC. ⢠Nokia Conne ction Manage r selects the connec tion type betwee n the PC and the device. ⢠Nokia Phone Browser copies images and tones from your device to your PC a nd vice versa. Copyright protection may prevent some images, ring tones, and other content from being co pied, modified, transferred, or forwarded. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 79 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Enhanc ements 80 15. Enhancements Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is inte nded for use when supplied with power from AC-3 or AC-4. Warning: Use only batteries, chargers and enhanc ements approved by Nokia for use with this partic ular model. The us e of any other type s may invalidate any approval or warranty, and may be dangerous. For ava ilability of appro ved enha ncemen ts, pleas e check wit h your de aler. A few pr actical r ules about accessori es and enhance ments : ⢠Keep all accessories and enhancem ents out of the reac h of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of any acc essory or enhancement, grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check regularly th at enhanceme nts installed in a vehic le are mounted and are operating properly. ⢠Installation of any complex car enhancements must be made by qualified personnel only. Power: ⢠Standard Li-Ion Batte ry (BL-6C) ⢠Standard Travel Charger (AC-3) ⢠Travel Charger (AC-4) ⢠Mobile Charger (DC-4) ⢠Charger Adapter (CA-44) 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 80 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Battery information 81 16. Battery information â Charging and discharging Your device is powered by a rechargeab le battery. The full performance of a new battery is achiev ed onl y aft er tw o or t hree complete c harge and discharge c ycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times, but it will eventua lly wear out. When the talk and standby times are noticeably shorter than normal, replace the battery. Use only Nokia approved batteries, and recharge your battery only with Nokia approved chargers designated for t his device. If a replacement battery is being used for the first time or if the battery has not been used for a prolonged period, it may be neces sa ry to co nne ct th e charger then disconnect and re connect it to begin charging the battery. Unplug the char ger fr om the elec tri cal plug and the device when not in use. Do not leave a fully charged battery connect ed to a charger, sinc e overcharging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully ch arged battery will lose its ch arge over time. If the battery is comple tely discharged, it may take a few minute s before the charging indicator appears on the displ ay o r bef ore any call s ca n be mad e. Use the batte ry only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short-circ uit the battery. Accidental s hort-circuiting can occur when a met allic object such as a coin, clip, or pen causes direct connection of the p ositiv e ( ) a nd nega tive (- ) terminals of the ba ttery. (These look like metal strips on the battery.) This might happe n, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuitin g the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting objec t. Leaving the batt ery in hot or cold places, such a s in a closed car in summer or winte r conditions, will reduce the capaci ty and lifetime of the battery. Alw ays try to keep the batte ry between 15ðC an d 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A devic e with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily, even when t he b atter y is full y c harged. Battery performanc e is particularly limited in tem peratures we ll below freezing. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 81 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Battery information 82 Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explo de. Batte ries ma y also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries according to loc al regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household wast e. â Nokia battery authentication guidelines Always use original Nok ia batteries for your safe ty. To check tha t you are getting an original Nokia battery, purchase it from an authorised Nokia dealer, look for t he Nokia Or iginal Enhancements logo on the packaging and inspect the holo gram label using the following steps: Successful c ompletion of the four steps is not a tota l assurance of the authen ticity of the battery. If you h ave any reason to believe that your battery is not an aut hentic original Nokia battery, you should refrain from using it, and take it to the neare st authorised Nokia service point or dealer for assistance . Your authori sed Nokia servic e poi nt o r de aler w ill i nspec t th e battery for au thenticity. If aut henticity cannot be verified, return the batte ry to the place of purchase. Authenti cate holo gram 1. W hen looking at the hologram on the label, you should s ee the Nokia connect ing hands symbol from one angle and the Nokia Origi nal Enhancements logo whe n looking from another angle . 2. W hen you angle the hologram left, rig ht, d own, an d up, y ou sh ould s ee 1, 2, 3, and 4 dots on each side respective ly. 3. Sc ratch the side of the label to reveal a 20-digit code, for example, 1234567 8919876543 210. Turn the batte ry so that th e num bers a re facing upwards. The 20-digit code reads starting from the num ber at the top row followed by the bottom row. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 82 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Battery information 83 4. Confirm that the 20-digit code is valid by following the in structions at www.nokiaoriginal s.com/check. To create a text messag e enter the 20-digit code, for example, 1234567 8919876543 210, and send to 44 77 86 200276. To create a text message, ⢠For countries in Asia Pacific , excluding In dia: Enter the 20-digit code, for example, 123456789 198765432 10, and send to 61 42 7151515. ⢠For India only: Enter Battery followed by the 20-digit batt ery code, for example, Battery 123456789 198765432 10, and send to 5555. National and international operator charges will ap ply. You should re ceive a message indicating whether the code can be authen ticated. If you nee d ass ist ance conf irm ing the battery code, contact your local Nokia Care Centres listed at www.no kia- asia. com/ carecentreloc ator. What if your batt ery is not authentic ? If you cann ot confirm that yo ur Nokia battery with the hologra m on the label is an authentic Nokia battery, please do not use the battery. Take it to the nea rest authorised N okia service point or dealer for ass istance. Th e use of a battery th at is not approved by the manufacturer may be dangerous and may result in poor performance and damage to your device and its enhanc ement s. It may als o inv alidat e any approval or warranty applying to the devic e. To find out more about original Nokia batter ie s, vis it www.nok iaori ginals .com/ba ttery. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 83 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Care and main tenance 84 17. Care and maintenance Your device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated wit h care. The suggestion s below will help you prot ect your warranty co verage. ⢠Keep the device dry. Precipitation, humidity, and all types of liquids or moisture ca n contain m inerals that will corrode electronic circuits. If your device does get wet, remove the battery, an d allow the device to dry completely be fore replacing it. ⢠Do not attempt to remove th e batt er y fro m th e de vic e. No kia recommends that you take the devi ce to the ne ares t auth or ise d service facility for replac ement of the bat tery. ⢠Do not use or store the device in dusty, d irty areas. It s moving parts and electronic components can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the device in hot areas. High temp eratu res c an shorten the li fe of elect ronic devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt certa in plastics. ⢠Do not store the device in cold areas. When the device returns to its normal temperat ure, moisture can form inside the device and damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the de vice other than as inst ructed in this guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the devi ce. Rough h andling can bre ak internal circuit boards and fine mech ani cs. ⢠Do not use harsh c hemicals, clean ing solvents, or strong detergen ts to cle an the devic e. ⢠Do not paint the device. Paint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use a soft , clean, dry cloth to clean any len ses, such as ca mera, proximity sensor, and light sensor lenses. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenn a. Unauthorised anten nas, modifications, or attachments could damage the device and may violate regulations go verning radio devi ces. ⢠Use chargers indoors. ⢠Always create a backup of data you want to keep, such as c ontacts and calendar notes, before sendin g your device to a service facility. All of the above suggestions apply equally to yo ur device, battery, charg er, or any enhance ment. If any device is not work ing properly, take it to the neares t authorised servic e facility for servic e. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 84 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 85 18. Addit ional saf ety informat ion Your device and its enhance ments may contain sm all parts. Keep t hem out of the reach of small ch ildren. â Operating environment Remembe r to follow any special regulations in force in any area and alwa ys switch off yo ur device wh en its use is prohibited or when it ma y cause interference or danger. Use the device only in its norm al operating positions. This d evice meet s RF ex posur e guid elines w hen used either in the normal use position against the ea r or when positione d at least 2.2 c m (7/ 8 inches) aw ay from the body. When a carry case, belt clip or holder is used for body-worn operation, it should not contain metal and should po sition the device the above-stated distance from your body. In order to transmit data files or messages, this device requires a good quality con nection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be de layed until such a connecti on is avail able. En sure the above separation dist ance instructio ns are followed unt il the transmission is completed. â Medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, includin g wireless phones, may interfere wit h the functionality of inadequately protec ted medical devices. Cons ult a physician or the manufactu rer of the medi cal device to determine if the y are adequately shielded from exte rnal RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your device in health care facilitie s when any regu latio ns post ed in t hes e areas instru ct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilit ies may be using equipmen t that could be sen sitive to exter nal RF energy . PACE MA KERS Pacemaker manufacturer s recommend that a m inimum separat ion of 6 inches (15.3 cm ) be maintained betw een a wireless device or phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemake r. These re commendation s are consistent with the ind ependent research by and recommendation s of Wirele ss Technology Research. To minimise th e potential for interference, p ersons with pacemakers sh ould ⢠always keep t he device mo re than 6 in ches (15.3 cm) from their pacemake r when the d evice is swit ched on 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 85 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 86 ⢠not carry the device in a breast pocket ⢠hold the device to the ear opposite th e pace maker to mi ni mis e th e potential for interference. If you have any reason to suspe ct that interference is taking place, switch off your dev ice immediate ly. HEAR IN G AIDS Some digital wireless devices may interfere with some hearing aids. If interferenc e occurs, consult you r service provider. â Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequ ately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles such as elect ronic fuel injection systems, elec tronic antiskid (antilock ) braking s yst ems, el ectro nic spe ed control sy stems, ai r bag sy stems. For more information, che ck with the manufacturer or its representative of your vehi cle or any equipme nt that has been added. Only qualified personnel should service the device, or install the device in a vehicle. Fault y installation or service may be dangerous an d may invalidate any war ran ty th at may appl y to the device. Check regu larly that all wireless devic e equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartme nt as the de vice, its p arts, or e nhancem ents. For ve hicl es eq uipp ed wi th a n air bag, remember that an air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, including ins talled or portable wireless equipm ent i n the area o ver the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. I f in- vehicle w ireless equipm ent is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury co uld result. FCC regulations prohibit u sing your wireless d evice while in the air. The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the op eration of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network , and may be illegal. â Potentially explosive environments Switch off your device wh en in any area with a potentia lly explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Poten tially explosive atmosp heres inclu de a reas wh ere you would normally be advised to turn off your veh icle engine . Sparks in such areas could cause an explos ion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even de ath. Switch off the devic e at refuelling points such as near gas pumps at servic e statio ns. Observe r estric tions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, storage, and distribution areas, chemical plant s or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explo sive atmosphere are often but not al ways clearly mark ed. They include below deck on boats, chem ical trans fer or st orage fa cilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 86 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 87 (such as propane or butane), an d areas whe re the air conta ins chemi cals o r particles such as grain, dust or m etal powders. Failure t o observe these instruc tions may lead to suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender, legal action, or both. â Emergency calls Impor tant: Wireless phones, including this device, operate using radio signals, wireless networks, land line networks, and user-programmed func ti ons. Bec aus e of t hi s, connection s in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. You should never rely solely on any wireless device for essential com munications like medical eme rgencies. To make a n emerge ncy ca ll, make sure your device is properly charged before atte mpti ng an y emerg enc y call s. If your battery becomes empty, you cannot receive or make ca lls, including emergency calls and must wait a few minut es after the ch arging begins to place yo ur call. 1. If the device is not on, switch it on. Check for adequate sign al strength. Some networks may require th at a valid UIM (CDMA SIM) card is properly inserted in the device. 2. Press the end key as ma ny times as need ed to c lear t he d ispla y and ready the devic e for calls. 3. Enter the offic ial emergency number for your present location , and pre ss the cal l ke y. Emer genc y numbers vary by location If certain features are in use , you may first need to turn those features off before y ou can make an e mergency call. If the device is in an offline or flight mode you mu st change the profile to activate th e device func tion before y ou can make an e mergency call. Consult th is guide or your service provi der. When m aking an e mergen cy call, give all the necessary information as accuratel y as possibl e. Your wireless devi ce m ay be th e onl y me ans of communica tion at the scene of an accident. Do not end the call unt il given permission to do so. â Certification information (SAR) THIS DEVIC E MEETS INTERN ATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVE S Your mobile device is a radio transmitte r and receive r. It is designed and m anufactu red not to ex ceed th e limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) recomme nded by international guidelines (ICNIRP). Th ese limits are part of comprehen sive guidelines and establish permit ted levels of RF energy for the general population. The g uidelines were developed by independent scie ntific organisations through periodic and thorough evaluatio n of scientific studies. The guideline s include a substantial 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 87 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 88 safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for mobile devices employs a unit of meas urement kno wn as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit stated in the internatio nal guidelines is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg)*. Tests for SAR are cond ucted using standard operating positions with the device transmitting a t its highest certified power level in all teste d frequency bands. Although the SAR is determine d at the highest certifie d power level, the actual SAR of the device while operating can be well below the maximum va lue. This is becaus e the device is designed to operate at multiple powe r levels so as to use only the power re quired to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base sta tion , the lo wer the po wer output of the device . The highest SAR value for this device when tes ted f or use at th e ear is 0.64 W/k g. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting and testing requ irem ents a n d t he ne two rk ba nd. Use of d evice accessories and enhancem ents m ay result in differe nt SAR values. Additional SAR information may be provi ded under product information at www.no kia- asia. com. * The SAR limit for mobile device s used by the public is 2.0 W /kg averaged over 1 0 gram s of body tissue . The guidelines incorporate a substantia l margin of safety t o give additio nal protection for the public and to accou nt for any variations in meas urements. SAR valu es may vary depending on national reporting requirement s and the network band. For SAR information in other regions, please look under product information a t www .nokia.co m. â Battery information This section provid es information about battery c harging times with the Travel Charger (AC -4) and the Standard Travel Charge r (AC-3), talk and standby t imes. Be aw are that th e information in this section is subjec t to change. For more information, contac t your service provid er. Chargi ng times The following ch arging times are approximate with the BL-6C Li-Ion battery: Travel Charger ( AC-4): Up to 1 hour 35 minutes Standard Travel Charge r (AC-3): Up to 3 hours 45 minu tes 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 88 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 89 Talk and standby times Operation time s are estimates only and depend on signal strength, phone use, net work con dit io ns, fe atur es u se d, battery age and condition (inclu ding charging habit s), temperatures to which the batt ery is exposed, and other factors. Talk ti me: 3.5 to 4.0 hours (digital) Stan dby time: 6 - 10 da ys 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 89 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
90 MANUFACTURERâÂÂS LIMITED W ARRANTY NOTE! This Limited Warranty is in addition to, and does not affect your legal (statutory) rights under you r applicable national laws relating to the sale of consumer products. Nokia Corporation (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) provides this Limited Warranty to person who has purchased the Nokia product(s) included in the sales package (âÂÂProductâÂÂ). Nokia warrants to you that during the warranty period N okia or a Nokia authorised service company will in a commercially reasonable time remedy defects in materials, design an d workmanship free of charge by repairing or, should Nokia in its absolute discretion deem it necessary, replacing the Product in accordance with this Limited Warranty (unless otherwise required by law). This Limited Warranty is only valid and enforceable in the country where you have purchased the Product provided that it is intended for sale in that country. Warra nty Perio d The warranty period starts at the time of Product's original purchase by the first end-user. The Product may consist of several different parts and different parts may be covered by a different warranty period (hereinafter âÂÂWarranty PeriodâÂÂ). The different Warranty P eriods ar e: a) twelve (12) months for the mobile device and accessories (whether included in the mobile device sales package or sold separately) other than the consumable parts and accessories listed in (b) and (c) below; b) six (6) months for the following consumable parts and accessories: batteries, chargers, desk stands, headsets, cables and covers; and c) ninety (90) days for the media on which any software is provided,e.g. CD-rom, memory card. As far as your national laws permit, the Warranty Period will not be extended or renewed or otherwise affected due to subsequent resale, repair or replacement of the Product. However, repaired part(s) will be warranted for the remainder of the original Warranty Period or for sixty (60) days from the date of repair, whichever is longer . How to get wa rran ty serv ice If you wish to make a claim under the Limited Warranty , you may cal l the Nokia call center (where this is available and please note national rates apply to calls) and/or where necessary, return your Product or the affected part (if it is not the entire Product) to a Nokia care center or Nokia designated service location. Information about Nokia care centers, Nokia designated service locations and Nokia call centers can be fou nd at local Nokia web pages where available. You must return your Product or the affected part (if it is not the entire Product) to a Nokia care center or Nokia designated service location before the expiry of the Warranty Period. When making a Limited Warranty claim you have to present: a) the Product (or affected part thereto), b) the legible and unmodified original proof of purchase, which clearly indicates th e name and address of the seller, the date and place of purchase, the product type and the IMEI or other serial number . This Limited Warranty extends only to the original first end-user of the Product and is not assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end-user. Wha t is not cover ed ? 1. This Limited Warranty does not cover user manuals or any third party software, settings, content, data or links, whether included/downloaded in the Product, whether included during installment, assembly , shipping or at any other time in the delivery chain or otherwise and in any way acquired by you. T o the extent permitted by applicable law(s), Nokia does not warrant that any Nokia software will meet your requirements, will work in combination with any hardware or software applications provided by a third party, that the operation of the software will be uninterrupted or error free or that any defects in the software are correctable or will be corrected. 2. This Limited Warranty does not cover a) normal wear and tear (including, without limitation, wear and tear of camera lenses, batteries or displays), b) transport costs, c) defects caused by rough handling (including, without limitation, defects caused by sharp items, by bending, compressing or dropping, etc.), d) defects or damage caused by misuse of the Product, including use that is contrary to the instructions provided by Nokia (e.g. as set out in the Product's user guide) and/or e) other acts beyond the reasonable control of Nokia. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 90 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
91 3. This Limited Warranty does not cover defects or alleged defects caused by the fact that the Product was used with, or connected to, a product, accessories, software and/or service not manufactured, supplied or authorised by Nokia or was used otherwise than for its intended use. Defects can be caused by viruses from your or from a third party's unauthorised access to services, other accounts, computer systems or networks. This unauthorised access can take place through hacking, password-mining or through a variety of other means. 4. This Limited Warranty does not cover defects caused by the fact that the battery has been short-circuited or by the fact that the seals of the battery enclosure or the cells are broken or show evidence of tampering or by the fact that the battery has been used in equipment other than those for which it has been specified. 5. This Limited Warranty does not apply if the Product has been opened, modified or repaired by anyone other than an authorised service centre, if it is repaired using unauthorised spare parts or if the ProductâÂÂs serial number , the mobile accessory date code or the IMEI number has been removed, erased, defaced, altered or are illegible in any way and this shall be determined in the sole discretion of Nokia. 6. This Lim ited Warranty does not apply if the Product has been exposed to moisture, to dampness or to extreme thermal or environmental conditions or to rapid changes in such conditions, to corrosion, to oxidation, to spillage of food or liquid or to influence from chemical products. Other important not ices A third party , independent operator provides the SIM card and cellular and/or other network or sy stem on which the Product operates. Therefore, Nokia will not accept responsibility under this warra nty for the operation, availability, coverage, services or range of the cellular or other network or sy stem. Before the Product can be repaired or replaced, the operator may need to unlock any SIM-lock or other lock that may have been added to lock the product to a specific network or operator . Accordingly , Nokia does not accept responsibility for any delays in warranty r epairs or for the inability of Nokia to complete warranty repairs that are caused by the operator's delay or failure to unlock any SIM-lock or other lock. Please remember to make back-up copies or keep written records of all important content and data stored in your Product, because content and data may be lost during repair or replac ement of the Product. Nokia, in a manner consistent with the provisions of the section entitled âÂÂLimitation of Nokia's Liabilityâ below , to the extent permitted by applicable law(s), shall not under any circumstances be liable, either expressly or impliedly , for any damages or losses of any kind whatsoever resulting from loss of, damage to, or corruption of, content or data during repair or replacement of the Product. All parts of the Product or other equipment that Nokia has repla ced shall become the property of Nokia. If the returned Product is found not to be covered by the terms and conditions of the Limited Warranty , Nokia and its authorised service companies reserve the right to charge a handling fee. When repairing or replacing the Product, Nokia may use products or parts that are new, equivalent to new or re-conditioned. Your Product may contain country specific elements, including software. If the Product has been re-exported from its original destination country to another country, the Product may contain country specific elements that are not considered to be a defect under this Limited Warranty . Limitation of Nokia's liability This Limited Warranty is your sole and exclusive remedy against Nokia and Nokia's sole and exclusive liability in respect of defects in your Product. However , this Limited Warranty shall neither exclude nor limit i) any of your legal (statutory) rights under the applicable national laws or ii) any of your rights against the seller of the Product. This Limited Warranty replaces all other Nokia warranties and liabilities, whether oral, written, (n on-mandatory) statutory , contractual, in tort or otherwise, including, without limitation, and where permitted by applicabl e law , any implied conditions, warranties or other terms as to satisfactory quality or f itness for purpose. To the extent permitted by applicable law(s) Nokia does not assume any liability for loss of or damage to or corruption of data, for any loss of profit, loss of use of Products or functionality , loss of business, loss of contracts, loss of revenues or loss of anticipated savings, increased costs or expenses or for any indirect loss or damage, consequential loss or damage or special loss or damage. To the extent permitted by applicable law , NokiaâÂÂs liability shall be limited to the purchase value of the Product. Th e above limitations shall not apply to death or personal injury resulting from NokiaâÂÂs proven negligence. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 91 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
92 Statutory obligat ions This Limited Warranty must be read subject to any statutory provisions that imply war ranties or conditions into this Limited Warranty that cannot be excluded, restricted or modified or cannot be excluded, restricted or modified except to a limited extent. If such statutory provisions apply, to the extent to which Nokia is able to do so, its liability under those provisions will be limited, at its option to, in the case of goods: the replacement of the goods or the supply of equivalent goods, the repair of the goods, the payment of the cost of replacing the goods or of acquiring equivalent goods, or the payment of the cost of having the goods repaired; and in the case of services: the supplying of the services again or the payment of the cost of having the ser vices supplied again. NOTE! Your Product is a sophisticated electronic device. Nokia strongly encourages you to familiarise yourself with the user guide and instructions provided with and for the Product. Please also note that the Product might contain high precision displays, camera lenses and other such parts, which could be scratched or otherwise damaged if not handled very carefully. All warranty information, product features and specifications are subject to change without notice. Nokia Corporation Keilalahdentie 2-4 FIN-02 150 Espoo Finland 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 92 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
93 Index A A few practical ru les about accessories and enhancem ents 81 Abbreviated dialling 55 About your de vice viii Activate 64 Activate a voice co mmand 58 Activate a n equaliser s et 47 Activate or deactivate 14 Alarm clock 65 Alarm con ditions 66 Allow numb ers 60 Allow or block adve rtisements 23 Allow o r block multimedia reception 22 An incomin g call 10 Answe r a call with the keyp ad locked 11 Antenna 6 Anyke y answer 52 Application settin gs 62 Assign a key t o spee d dial s 34 Assign a v oice tag to a c ommand 58 Assign a voice tag to an e ntry 35 Authentic ate hologram 83 Automate v oicemail 27 Automatic re dial 52 B Back cover removing 7 replacing 8 Backlight time -out 50 Backlight time out 50 Batteries and chargers 82 Battery 6 chargin g 8 chargin g times 89 information 82 , 89 removing 7 replacing 7 talk and standby times 90 Battery information 82 Business card s 38 C Calculator 70 Calendar 66 Call and setup voice mail 27 Call diverti ng 64 Call duration 30 Call register 29 Call restriction s 61 Call settings 52 Call sum mary 54 Caller groups 34 Calling card 53 Calls answering 10 in-call options 11 making 9 Camera 39 Cancel 64 Care and mainte nance 85 Certification inform ation (SAR) 88 Change case and mode 14 Change de fault number 34 Change ot her settings 20 Change sending options 20 Change speed dials numb ers 35 Change t ime 71 Charger connecting 8 information 82 times 89 Choose a banner 50 Choose Go to functions 5 Clear the cach e 76 Clear voic e mail icon 28 Collection s 77 Colour scheme s 50 , 51 Compose and send 15 Conferen ce calling 10 Con fig ure se tti ngs 38 Connection indicator 57 Connectivity 57 Contacts list 10 , 33 add 33 delete 37 edit 36 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 93 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
94 send 38 view 37 Countdown tim er 71 Create a cus tom eq ualise r set 47 Currency co nverter 70 D Data or fa x calls 54 Data transfer 54 Date and time aut o-update 52 Date setting 52 Delete a single message 19 Delete al l messages in a folde r 19 Del ete spe ed dia ls num bers 35 Deleting ca ll registers 30 Dial a number 36 Dialling cod es 28 Display language 55 Display settin gs 49 , 50 Distribution list 19 DTMF ton es 56 E Emergency calls 88 while using wireless Interne t 75 with keyp ad locked 56 Enhanceme nt settings 59 handsfree 59 headse t 59 music stand 59 Enha ncemen ts 81 ESN x Extras 77 F Facto ry settings 64 Feature codes 63 Find your ph one label x Folders 42 G Gall er y 42 , 44 Game s 77 Go to a date 66 Go to funct ions 5 H Handsfree 59 Hands-free operation 58 Headset 9 , 59 Hearing aids 87 Help x Help text 4 , 56 I Indicators and icons 2 Infrared 57 Insert diallin g codes 28 International pre fix 55 Interrupt tim er 71 K Keygu ard 12 automatic 55 Keypa d 9 Keys and parts 1 L Languages 55 Lap and split tim es 72 Last dial ed number 10 Listen to voi ce messa ges 27 Lock code 61 Lock co de security se ttings 4 Loc k the keypa d 12 Loudspeake r 11 M Make ca lls 54 ManufacturerâÂÂs limite d warranty 91 Measur e time 72 Media equa liser 47 Media player 44 Medical devices 86 Memory 55 , 77 Mess age fo lders 18 Messages 15 delete 19 minibrowser message s 28 text messa ges 15 voice me ssages 26 Minibrowser 74 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 94 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
95 Minibrowser duratio n 32 Minibrowser messages 28 MMS folders 23 MMS settings 22 Mobile web 74 Mode 63 Multimedia messages 21 Music stand 59 N Navigate the mobile Inte rnet 75 Network services viii , 63 Nokia ba ttery authentic ation gui delines 83 Nokia PC Suite 79 Nokia support and contact information x Note a specific date 66 Notes 68 Numbers (123) 13 O Open 66 Open fold to ans wer 53 Operati ng en viron men t 86 Oper atio n not e 72 Opti ons 17 , 45 , 46, 58 , 73 Options whil e viewing a lis t of notes 67 Organiser 65 , 65â 69 Other MMS settings 23 P PACEMAKERS 86 PC conne ctivity 78 Personalise a profile 48 Phone at a glance 1 Phone keys 75 Phone lock 60 change lock co de 61 Phone menu s 3 Phone nu mbers with dialling codes 27 Phone settings 55 Poten tially e xplosiv e envi ronmen ts 87 Power saver 49 , 51 Predictive te xt 13 Preferred carrier 52 Profiles 48 Punctua tion and special ch aracters 13 Q Quick keys 2 R Radio 44 Read mes sage 16 Read multimedia messages 25 Receive calendar no tes 68 Record a v ideo clip 40 Record spee ch or sound 46 Repeat alarm 65 Reply to message 17 Reply to multimedia mes sage 26 Restore factory s ettings 64 Retrieve or rej ect multimedia mess ages 23 Ringing ton e for no caller ID 55 Roaming options 63 S Safety vii important safety information 86 Save an entry 33 Save co ntact name and number 33 Save conta ct number only 33 Save information 53 Save messages 18 Save nu mbers an d text item s 33 Screen saver 49 , 50 Scrolling 3 Search for a nam e 38 Security s ettings 60 Self-timer 41 Send a bus iness card 38 Send a note 68 Send and receive data 57 Set time 52 Set length 56 Set or change alarm setting 65 Set the alarm tone 65 Set the timer 71 Set type 56 Setting up phone 6 Settings 41 , 48 Sha red memo ry ix 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 95 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
96 Snooze time-out 65 Speed dial 53 Speed dials 34 Standard mode 13 Standby mode 2 Start-up ton e 56 Stopwatch 71 T Taking photo 39 Talk and standby tim es 90 Templates 17 Text (Abc) 13 Text entry 13 , 14 predictive te xt 13 stan dard 13 Text messages 15 Themes 49 Time and date settings 52 Timed profiles 48 To-do list 69 To-do note add 69 view 69 Tone settings 51 , 62 Transfer with Windows Explorer 78 Tune and save a radio channe l 46 Turn an alarm off 66 Turn phone off 9 Turn phone on 9 Turn the radio on and off 45 U UIM ca rd s lot 7 Unlo ck the ke ypad 12 USB data transfer 78 V Vehic les 87 Video ringing tone 55 View call duration 30 call times 30 data/fax call duration 31 dialled numbers 30 minibrowser duration 31 missed calls 29 received calls 29 saved messages 18 to-do no te 69 View notes ( day view ) 67 Voice dialling 35 , 57 Voice me ssages 26 Voice privac y 62 Voice recorder 46 Voice t ags 36 Voicem ail 26 Volume adjusting 11 using th e loudspeaker 11 W Wallpaper 49 , 50 Wireless I nternet 74 make an em erge ncy ca ll 75 receive a call while onlin e 75 sign off 76 sign on 75 Write and s end multimedia messages 24 Write dow n voice mailbox number and process 27 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 96 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
LEGAL INFOR MATION Copyright é2005 Nokia. All rights reserved. Nokia, Nokia Connecting People, Nokia 6155, Pop-Portâ¢, and the Nokia Original Enhancements logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Nokia Corporation. Other company and product names mentioned herein may be trademarks or trade names of their respe ctive owne rs. Copyright é1999-2005. Tegic C ommunications, Inc. All rights reserved. Includes RSA BSAFE cryptographic or security protocol software from RSA S ecur ity . Java⢠is a trademark of Sun Microsys tems, Inc. The information contained in this user guide was writt en for the Nokia 6155 products. Nokia operates a policy of ongoing development. Nokia res erves t he right to make c hanges to any of the products described in this document without prior notice. UNDER NO C IRCUMSTANCES SHALL NO KIA BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A NY LOSS OF DATA O R INCOME O R ANY SPECI AL, INCIDEN TAL, AND CO NSEQUENT IAL OR INDIR ECT DAMAG ES HOWSOEVER CAUSED. THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT ARE PROVIDED âÂÂAS IS.â EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INC LUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRA NTIES OF MERCHANTABIL ITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOS E, ARE MADE IN RELATION T O THE ACCURA CY AND RELIABILITY O R CONTENTS OF THIS D OCUMENT. NOKIA RESERV ES THE RIGHT TO REVISE T HIS DOCUMENT O R WITHDRAW IT AT ANYTIME W ITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE. EXPORT CONTRO LS This device may contain commodities, technology, or software subject to export laws and regulations from the U.S. and other countries. Diversion contrary to law is prohibited. 9243644 Issue 1 ii 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -8 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contents For you r safety ............................... vii About your device .. ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. vii i Network servic es... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... viii Shared memory ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .....ix Welcome ........................ ................... x Getting he lp ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... ..... x Find y our phon e label .......... ..... .... ..... x Nokia support and contact informati on .... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. x 1. Phone at a gla nce ........................ 1 Keys and parts ..... .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .... 1 Standby mode........ ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 2 Quick keys........ ..... .... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... .... 2 Indicators and ic ons ........... ..... ..... .... .... 2 Phone menus ......... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 3 Scroll method .......... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... . 3 In-phon e help....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 4 Lock code security sett ings......... .... .... 4 Go to functions ....... ..... ..... ..... ........ .... .... 5 Choose Go to functi ons .... ..... ....... .... 5 Organise fu nctions...... ..... ..... ....... ..... . 5 2. Set up yo ur phone .... ................... 6 Antenna ....... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ........ .... .... 6 Battery . ..... ..... ........ .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... 6 Remove th e back cover ....... ..... ....... . 7 Remove the bat tery . ........ ..... ..... .... .... 7 UIM card slot........ ..... ..... ..... ........ .... .... 7 Replace t he batter y ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 7 Replace t he back cover ....... ..... .... .... 8 Charge the batt ery........ ........ ..... .... .... 8 Turn your phone on or off ...... ..... ....... . 9 Connect the he adset ....... ..... ..... ....... .... 9 Make a call ........... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... . 9 Keypad........ ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... . 9 Contact s list... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... .... 10 Last dia lled num ber ........ ........ ..... .... 10 Confere nce calling .......................... . 10 Answer cal ls ... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... .. 10 An incoming call ........... ..... ..... ..... .... 10 Adjust th e earpiece volume .......... 11 Answer a ca ll wi th t he ke ypad locked ...... ........ ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 11 Loudspeaker.......... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 11 Call options......... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 11 Keyguard .... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 12 Lock the key pad ... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 12 Unlock the k eypad ..... ..... ..... ........ .... 12 3. Text entry .. ................................. 13 Standard mode ........ ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 13 Text (Abc) ......... ........ .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 13 Numbers (1 23) ... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 13 Punctuation a nd special characters.... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 13 Predictive text m ode ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 13 Activate or deactivat e ........... ..... .... 14 Text entr y ......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 14 Change case and mode............. ..... .... 14 4. Message s .................... ................ 1 5 Text messages... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ....... 15 Compose and s end........ ..... ..... ..... .... 15 Read message ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 16 Reply to message ....... ..... ..... ..... ....... 17 Templates ....... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ........ .... 17 Text message fol ders......... ..... ..... .... 18 Distribution li st .... ....... ..... ..... ..... ....... 19 Delete mess ages ............ ..... ..... ..... .... 19 Change sendi ng options..... ..... ..... .. 20 Change other settings ...... ..... ....... .. 20 Multimedia mess ages...... ..... ....... ..... .. 21 MMS settings .......... .... ..... ..... ..... ....... 22 Voice mess ages .......... .... ........ ..... ..... .... 26 iii 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -7 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Save voice mailbox number........ .. 26 Call and setup voice mail .. ....... ..... 27 Listen t o v oice mes sages .......... ..... 27 Automate voic e mail .......... ..... ..... .. 27 Clear voice mail icon ....... ..... ..... ..... 28 Web messaging ... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... 28 5. Call registe r .................. .............. 29 View missed c alls ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... 29 View receiv ed call s ......... ..... ........ ..... .. 29 View diall ed numbers... ..... ..... ....... ..... 30 View call t imes . ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 30 Delete c all register s ........ ..... ..... ..... ..... 30 Call duration....... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .. 30 Data and fax call duration ........ ....... 31 Minibrowser duration .. ..... ....... ..... ..... 31 6. Contacts ....................... .............. 33 Add new contacts .... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... 33 Save conta ct name an d number . 33 Save contact number on ly ....... ..... 33 Save an entry ......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... 33 Save numbers and text items .... .. 33 Change default number ..... ....... ..... 34 Caller groups ........ .... ..... ..... ........ ..... .. 34 Set up speed dials ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... 34 Voice tags......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... 35 Assign a voice t ag to an entry ..... 35 Dial a number . ..... .... ..... ..... ........ ..... .. 36 Voice tags .......... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... 36 Edit contacts l ist ent ries .... ..... ..... ..... 36 Delete c ontacts entr ies ...... ..... ..... ..... 37 Access the con tacts menu...... ..... ..... 37 Search for a name ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... 38 Configure setti ngs ............ ..... ..... ..... 38 Send and receive con tacts ..... ........ .. 38 Send a bu siness card .......... ..... ....... 38 7. Camera ........................... ............. 39 Take a photo ......... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ........ 39 Record a video cli p .... .... ..... ........ ..... 40 Self-ti mer ....... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ... 41 Settings ......... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 41 8. Gallery ........................... ............. 42 Folders ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... 42 9. Media ............ .............................. 44 Media player.... ..... ..... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... 44 Radio... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ... 44 Turn the radio on and off ......... ..... 4 5 Recorder ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... 46 Record speech or sou nd....... ..... ..... 4 6 Options ....... ..... ........ ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ... 46 Media equalis er ... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 47 Activate an equa liser set.......... ..... 4 7 10. Settings ....................... ............. 48 Profiles ......... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 4 8 Personalis e a profile .......... ..... ..... ... 48 Set a timed profile ........ ..... ..... ..... ... 48 Themes .... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 49 Main displ ay settings....... ..... ..... ..... ... 49 Wallpaper ............ ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 49 Screen saver ........ ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ... 49 Power saver ......... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ... 49 Colour s chemes .......... .... ..... ..... ........ 50 Choose a banner ... ..... .... ..... ........ ..... 50 Backlight time-o ut........ ..... ........ ..... 50 Mini displa y settings .... .... ........ ..... ..... 50 Wallpaper ............ ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 50 Screen saver ........ ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ... 50 Power saver ......... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ... 51 Colour s chemes .......... .... ..... ..... ........ 51 Tone sett ings ... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 51 Time and date sett ings .. ....... ..... ..... ... 52 Clock..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... 52 Date .... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ... 52 Date and time auto-u pdate..... ..... 5 2 iv 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -6 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call setti ngs ......... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... .. 52 Anykey answ er ... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .... 52 Preferred c arrier ....... ..... ..... ........ .... .. 52 Automatic redial....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 52 Speed dials ... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .. 53 Open fold to answer ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 53 Calling card ........................................ 53 Data or fax cal ls .......... ..... ..... ....... .... 54 Call s ummary...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .... 5 4 Ringing tone for no caller ID ........ 55 Abbreviated dialling .. ...................... 55 Internat ional prefix ........... ..... ..... .... 55 Video ringing t one ........ ..... ..... ....... .. 55 Phone settings ..... .... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... .. 55 Phone lang uage ... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .. 55 Memory stat us . .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .. 55 Automatic keyguard ............. ..... .... .. 55 DTMF to nes .... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 56 Start-up tone .......... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 56 Help text activat ion .......... ..... ..... .... 56 Connectiv ity .... ..... .... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... .. 57 Infrared ......... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... ..... .... .. 57 Voice c ommands and voi ce tags ..... 57 Hands-free operation...... ..... ....... .... 58 Enhancemen t set tings..... ..... ..... ..... .... 5 9 Headset ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .... 59 Hands-free operation...... ..... ....... .... 59 Charger..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... .. 59 Security s ettings . .... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... .. 60 Phone lock........... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... 60 Allow n umbers ... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... .... 60 Change lock c ode ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 61 Call re strictio ns....... ..... ....... ..... ..... .... 61 Voice pri vacy ...... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 62 Application s ettings .... ..... ..... ........ .... .. 62 Network .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... .... 62 Roaming options ......... ..... ..... ..... ...... 63 Mode ...... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 63 Network servic es... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 63 Store a feature c ode.......... ..... ..... .... 63 Call di verting . ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 64 Restore factory sett ings.. ........ ..... .... .. 64 11. Organi ser .................................. 65 Alarm clock ....... ..... ..... .... ........ ..... ..... .... 65 Set or cha nge alarm setting ....... .. 65 Repeat ala rm . ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 65 Set the alarm to ne........ ..... ....... ..... .. 65 Snooze time-out ........ ..... ..... ........ .... 65 Alarm conditi ons . ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 66 Turn an alarm off ....... ..... ..... ........ .... 66 Calendar .......... ..... ........ .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 66 Open.... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 66 Go to a date.......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 66 Note a specifi c date ............ ..... ..... .. 66 View no tes ( day vi ew)....... ..... ....... .. 67 Options while viewing a list of notes . ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... .. 67 Send a n ote......... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ....... 68 Receive c alendar notes.. ..... ..... ..... .. 68 Notes ...... ..... ........ ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 68 To-do list......... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. 69 Add a to-do note........ ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 69 View a to-do note .... ..... ..... ....... ..... .. 69 Calcula tor .......... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ........ .... 70 Currency conver ter ....... ..... ....... ..... .. 70 Countdown time r ... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. 71 Set the timer ........ ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 71 Change the time..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .... 71 Interrupt th e time r .... ........ ..... ..... .... 71 Stopwatch ......... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 71 Measure t ime .......... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 72 Operation not e.......... ..... ..... ..... ..... .... 72 Options......... ..... ........ .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .. 73 12. Mobi le web ............. ................ 74 Mobile Internet ac cess...... ..... ..... ..... .. 74 Sign on ....... ........ ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ........ .... 75 Navigate the mobile I nternet.... ....... 75 Phone keys .......... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ....... 75 Receive a ca ll while onli ne.......... .. 75 Make an emergency c all while online....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... .. 75 Clear the cac he and disconn ect... 76 v 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -5 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
13. Extras ....................................... 7 7 Games...... ..... ..... ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 77 Collecti on ............ ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 77 Memory ... ..... ........ ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 77 14. PC connectivity ........................ 78 USB data transfe r ......... ..... ..... ....... ..... 78 Transfer w ith Windows Explorer . 78 Nokia PC Suite ..... ....... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 79 15. Enhanc ements............ .............. 81 16. Batte ry information .. .............. 82 Charging and discharging.. ..... ..... ..... 82 Nokia batte ry authenticatio n guideline s ......... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ....... 83 17. Care and m aintenance ............ 85 18. A dditi onal sa fety in formati on 8 6 Operating env ironment ...... ..... ..... ..... ..86 Medical dev ices ...... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... .......86 Vehicles........... ..... ..... .... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..87 Poten tia lly ex plo sive envir onm ents .87 Emergency cal ls ...... .... ..... ..... ........ ..... ....88 Certification inform ation (SAR) ........88 MANU FACT URERâ S L IMI TED WARRANT Y....................... .............. 91 Index ............................................... 94 vi 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -4 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
For yo ur safe ty Read these simple gu idelines. Not following them may be dangerous or illegal. Read the complete user guide for further information. SWITCH ON SAFELY Do not swit ch the devic e on when wir ele ss ph one u se is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger. ROAD SAFETY COMES FIRST Obey a ll local laws. Always keep y our ha nds free to opera te th e vehic le wh ile driving. Your first considerati on while driving should be road safety. INTERFERENCE Do not swit ch the devic e on when wir ele ss ph one u se is prohibited or when it may cause interferen ce or danger. SWITCH OFF IN HOSPITALS Follow an y restrictions. Switch the device off near medical equi pment. SWITCH OF F IN AIRCRAFT Follow an y restrictions. Wirel ess devices ca n cause interference in aircraft. SWITCH OFF WHEN REFUELLING Do not use th e device at a refuelling point . Do not use near fuel or chemicals. SWITCH OF F NEAR BLASTING Follow any restrictions. Do not us e the devic e where blasting is in progress. USE SEN SIBLY Use only in the normal position as explained in the product documentation . Do not touch th e antenna unnece ssarily. QUALIFIED SERVIC E Only qualified personne l may install or repair this product. ENHANCEMENTS AND BATTERIES Use only approved enhanc ement s and batteries. Do not c onnect incompatib le products. WATER-RESIST ANCE Your pho ne is not wa ter- r e s i s t a nt . K ee p it d r y. BACK-UP COPI ES Remembe r to make back- up copies or keep a written record of all important information. vii 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -3 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
CONNECT ING T O OTHER DEVI CES When conn ecting to any other device, read its user guide for detailed safety instruction s. Do not connect in compatible products. EMERGENCY CALLS Ensure the de vice i s switched on a nd in service. Pres s the e nd ke y as m any times as n eeded to clear th e display and return to th e main screen. En ter the emerge ncy number , t hen pres s the c all key. Give you r location. Do not end the call until given pe rmission to do so. â About your device The wireless devices described in this gui de are app roved for use on the CDMA 800 a nd 1900, and AMPS. Contact your netw ork operator for more information about n etworks. When using the features in this device, obey all laws and respe ct privacy and the legitimate rights of othe rs. Warning: To use any fea tures in this device, other than the alarm clo ck, the device must be switched on. Do no t switch the de vice on when wireless phone u se may cau se interference o r danger. â Network service s To use the d evice you must have service from a network operator. Many of the fea tures in this devi ce depend on features in the wirele ss network to fun ction. These netw ork services may not be availa ble on all networks or y ou may h ave t o make specific arrangements with your network operato r before you can utilise them. Your network operator may need to give you additional instructions for their us e and explain what charges will apply. Some networks ma y have limitations that affect how you can use netw ork services. For instance, some netw orks may not support all la nguage- dependent characters and services. Your netw ork o pera tor may hav e requested that certain fe atures be disabled or not activated in your device. If so, they will not appear on your d evice m enu. Co ntact yo ur network operator fo r more information. viii 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -2 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
â Shared memory The following devic e features may share memory: conta cts; text messages; photos, image s, and tones in gallery; calen dar notes; games; and applications. Use of one or m ore of these f eatur es may reduc e the mem ory available for the remaining feature s sharing memory. If your phone displays a message tha t the memory is full when you try to use a sha red memo ry feature, delete some of the information or entries stored in the shared memory feature s before continuing. Some of the features, such as photos, images, and tones in gallery; text messa ges; and applications ma y have a certain amount of memory specially allott ed to them in addition to th e me mor y s har ed wit h ot her features. ix 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page -1 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Wel co m e Congratulations on your purchase of the Nokia 6155 mobile ph one. Your phone provides many func tions practical for daily use, su ch as a hands- free loud speaker, ala rm clock, calculator, ca lendar, and more. Your phone can also connect to a PC, laptop, or other device using a data cable. To personalise your phone, you can set your favourite ring ton es. â Getting help Find your phone label If you need he lp, Nokia Customer Care is available for assistance. Before calling, we recommend that you write down the Elec tronic serial number (ESN) and have it av ailable. The ESN is found on the type label, which is located be neath the battery on the back of the phone. See âÂÂRemove the back coverâÂÂ, p. 7 and âÂÂRe move the batteryâÂÂ, p. 7. Nokia support and contact information For the latest version of this guide, downloads, services and additional information related to your Nokia pro duct, please vis it www. noki a-asi a.co m/s uppor t or y our local Nokia web site. Should you still require assistance, please refer to www.nokia-asia.com/ conta ctus. To chec k for the nearest Nokia care center location for maintenanc e services, you ma y like to visit www.nokia-asia.com/repai r. x 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 0 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone at a glanc e 1 1. Phone at a glance ⢠Earpiece port (1) â¢D i s p l a y s c r e e n ( 2 ) ⢠Left sel ect ion key (3) ⢠Ca ll ke y (4) ⢠Keypad (5) ⢠Four-way scroll and c enter selection key (6) ⢠Right sele ction key (7 ) ⢠Power ke y and end ke y (8) ⢠Charger port (9) ⢠Pop-Port⢠connector (10) ⢠Microphone ( 11) â Keys and parts ⢠Loudspeaker (1) ⢠Vo ice comm and key ( 2) ⢠Vo lume ke y (3) ⢠Mini display (4 ) ⢠Camera l ens (5) ⢠Camera flas h (6) ⢠Heads et connector ( 7) ⢠Camera and Vi deo key (8 ) ⢠Infrared (9) The vo ice key funct ions are as follo ws: ⢠Short pressâÂÂAnswer an incoming call. ⢠Long pressâÂÂAnswer or make a voice call. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 1 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone a t a glance 2 â Standby mode Depending on your ne twork operator and the model numbe r of your phone, some or all of the following s election keys may appear in standby mode. The standby mode is home base and indicate s your phone is in the idle state. Signal strength (1)âÂÂA higher bar ind icates a strong er netw ork sig nal. Menu (2)â Pres s th e cent er sel ecti on key to selec t this option. Go to ( 3)âÂÂPress the left s election key to select this op tion. Names (4)â Press the right sele ction key to selec t this option. Battery leve l (5)â A higher bar indicate s more power in the batte ry. â Quick keys Note: Depending on y our network operato r and the model number of your phone , some or all of the following quick keys may appear in standby mode. In standby mode, the four-way scroll key instant ly takes yo u to frequen tly-access ed men us: Scroll up or down to view the cont acts list. Scroll right to view th e calendar or network operator menu. Scroll left to quickly create a text message. Pres s the c enter sele cti on ke y to view the main men u or a selected submenu . â Indicators and icons Depending on your wirele ss service provider or network operator and the model number of your phone , some or all of the following indicators and icons may appear in standby mode. You have a new te xt or picture messa ge. See âÂÂT ext mess agesâ , p. 15. You have m issed a call. See âÂÂVie w missed callsâÂÂ, p. 29. You have new voice m essages. See âÂÂVoice messagesâÂÂ, p. 26 . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 2 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone at a glanc e 3 Your phon e ke ypad is lock ed. See âÂÂKeyguardâ , p. 12. Your phone is se t to the silent profile. See âÂÂProfilesâÂÂ, p. 48. The alarm clock is s et to on. See âÂÂAlarm clockâÂÂ, p. 65. The c ountdown t imer is run ning. The stopwatch tim er is running in the background. Integ rated hands-fre e is active. See âÂÂLoudspeakerâÂÂ, p. 1 1. The timed profile is selecte d. See âÂÂProfilesâÂÂ, p. 4 8. or An en hanc ement is connecte d to the phone. See âÂÂEnhancement settingsâÂÂ, p. 59. Voice privacy en cryption is active (or is not active ) in the network. You are in a digita l network. See âÂÂNetwork servicesâÂÂ, p. viii . You are in an ana log network. See âÂÂNetwork servicesâÂÂ, p. viii . You are in a 1XRTT ne twork. See âÂÂNetwork servicesâÂÂ, p. viii . You are roaming outside you r home netwo rk. See âÂÂRoaming optionsâÂÂ, p. 63. Infrared conne ctivity is activated. SeeâÂÂInfraredâÂÂ, p. 57. â Phone menus Phone features are grouped according to function and are ac cessed through the main men us. Each main me nu contains su bmenus and lists from which y ou can se lect or view items an d personal is e your phone f eatu res. To ac cess t hese me nus a nd sub menu s, use th e sc roll metho d or a sho rtcu t. You can ch ange your menu v iew from list to grid. Select Menu > Options > Main men u view > List or Grid . Note: Some features may not be available, depending on your network . For more information, cont act your network opera tor. Scroll method You can use th e four-way scroll key to scroll up, down, left, and right through the options . 1. In standby mode, select Menu , and scroll through the ma in menus. As you scroll through the menus, the menu nu mber appears in the upper right corner of the display. Below the battery level indicator is a scroll bar with a tab that moves up or down on the right side of the display screen as you scroll through the menus, providing a visual 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 3 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone a t a glance 4 representation of your current position in the menu struc ture. 2. When you arrive at a menu, press the cent er sel ect ion key to se lect submenus. â¢S e l e c t Back (the right selectio n key) to ret urn to the previous menu. ⢠Press the en d key to return to standby mode from any menu or submenu. In-phone help Many fea tures have bri ef descriptions (help text ) yo u ca n vie w on the d isp lay. To view the se descriptions, yo u must first activate he lp text as follows. In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Phon e > He lp text activation > On or Off . Scroll to a feature and wait a bout 14 seconds. Scroll down to view all of the description, or select Back to exit . â Lock code security settings Your device has a security option allowing you to lock your phon e with a cod e. Wh en th e co de is se t and tur ned on, no outgoing calls are allowed and the menu c annot be accessed with out entering the corre ct code first. This prevents unauthorised outgoing calls or access to any information stored on your d evice. The Security option is in the Settings menu. The first time you access the Security o ption, you mus t enter a lock code. The default lock code may vary depending on your wireless service provider or network operator. The preset lock code ma y be the last five digits of your phone number, 12345 or 000 00. If none of these work, contact yo ur wireless service provider or network operator for help. You must enter the lock code t o access the following Security option: 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Se curity . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 4 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Phone at a glanc e 5 â Go to functions The Go t o menu enables you to cha nge the functio n of the left sele ction key on your phone. Wit h this function, you can qu ickl y ac cess your m ost frequently us ed functions from the Go to menu in standby mode. Choose Go to functions 1. In standby mode, select Go t o > Optio ns > Select options . 2. Scroll up or down to highlight the desired function. 3. S ele ct Ma r k to add a function or Unmark to remove a function. 4. S ele ct Do ne when you have added all desired functions. 5. S ele ct Yes to save the changes. 6. In standby mode, select Go t o to display a list of the functions you selected in s tep 2. Organise functions 1. In standby mode, select Go t o > Optio ns > Organise . 2. Scroll up or down to highlight the function you wa nt to rearrange, and select Move > Mo ve up , Mo ve down , M ove to top , or Move to bottom . 3. S ele ct Do ne > Yes to save th e chang es. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 5 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up y our pho ne 6 2. Set up your phone â Antenna Your device has a fixed and e xtendable antenna located at the top of the phone with th e fold closed. Hold the phone wi th the antenn a area pointed up and over your shoulder. Note: Do not touch the antenna unneces sarily with the device swit che d on. Contact with the antenna affe cts cal l quality and may ca use the device to oper ate at a higher power level than othe rwise needed. Not touch ing the antenna area during a phone call optim ises the an tenna performance and battery life. â Battery Note: Alw ays switch off the power, and disconnect the charger and any other device before removin g the cove r. Avoid touching ele ctronic components while changing the cov er. Always sto re and use the de vice with the cov er attached. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 6 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up your phon e 7 Remove the back cover 1. With the ba ck of the phone facin g you, push down on the back cover. 2. Sl ide the back cove r to ward t he bottom of t he phone and re move. Rem ove the batte ry After you have removed th e back cover, ins ert your finger into the finger grip, and lift the battery from its compartm ent. Note: A l w a ys s w it c h o ff t h e device, and disconnect the charger before removing the battery. UIM card slot Your phone has a UIM (CDMA SIM) card slot built into the mechanics. However, the UIM is not functional in this phone model. Avoid placing anything into the UIM ca rd slot. Replace th e battery 1. Insert the battery, gold-coloured contact en d first, into the battery slot . 2. Push down on the other en d of the battery to snap the battery in to place. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 7 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up y our pho ne 8 Replace the back cover 1. Set the back cover on the phone with the cove r tabs aligned with the slots in the phone. 2. Slide the back cover toward the top of the phone until the back cover is securely in place. Charge the battery Note: Before you us e a charger with this device , check its model numbe r. This device is intended for use w hen supplied with power from the AC-3 or AC-4 charger. 1. Plug the charg er transformer into a standard ac outlet. 2. Insert the charger output plug into the round jack at the bottom end of the phon e. After a few seconds, the batte ry indicator in the display starts to scroll from bottom to top. If th e batt er y is co mpl ete ly d is cha rge d, it may take a few min utes before the charging indicator appe ars on the display or before any calls can be made. The ACP-12, ACP-9, ACP-8, ACP-7, and the LCH-12 can also be used to charge the phone, but mu st be used with the CA-44 adapt or included in the box. 1. Plug the charger transformer into a standard ac outlet. 2. Insert the c harger output plug into the CA-44 adap ter jack. Insert the CA-44 plug int o the jack on the bottom of the phon e. Warning : Use only batteries, chargers , and enhancemen ts approved by Nokia for use with this particular mode l. The use of any other types may invalidate any approval or warranty, an d may be dangerous. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 8 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up your phon e 9 â Turn your p hone on or off 1. To turn your phone on or off, press and h old the e nd key on th e ke ypad for at least 4 seconds. 2. Enter the lock code, if necessa ry, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. Warning: Do not switch the phone on when wireless phone u se is prohibited or when it may cause interference or danger. â Connect the headset 1. Plug a compa tible Nokia headse t connector into the Pop-Port connector at the bottom end of your phone. appears in standby mode. 2. Position the he adset on your ear. With th e headset conne cted, you can make, answer, and end c alls as usu al. ⢠Use the k eypad to enter num bers. ⢠Pre ss the cal l ke y to place a call. See âÂÂPhone at a glanceâÂÂ, p. 1. ⢠Pre ss the end k ey to end a c all. You can als o plug a compatible headset in to the 2.5-mm heads et jack on the right side of your ph one to allow hand s-f ree ope rat io n. See âÂÂEnha ncemen t set ting sâÂÂ, p . 59. â Make a call Note: Before making or receiving a call, fully extend the whip a ntenna. Keyp ad 1. Enter the ph one number and press the call key. (To delete a cha racter to the left of the cu rsor, select Clea r .) 2. Pr ess t he end key to end th e cal l, or sele ct End call to ca ncel the call attempt. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 9 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up y our pho ne 10 Contacts list 1. In standby mode, scroll down to display your contacts list and highlight your desired entry. 2. Select Details to highlight your desired number; then select Call . Last dialled number 1. In standby mode, pre ss the call key to display the last 30 numbe rs dialled. 2. Scroll to the number (or name) you want to redial, and press the call key. Conference calling Note: Conferen ce calling is a network depend ant service. 1. Make a call to the first participant . 2. With the first participant on th e line, select Options > New call . 3. Enter the phone number of the second participant, or sele ct Search to retrieve a number from the conta cts list. Select Call . Th e first participant is put on hold. 4. When the sec ond participant picks up, press the cal l ke y to conn ect the calls. 5. To end th e confer ence call , select Options > End all calls , or press the end ke y. â Answer calls An incoming call 1. With the fold ope n, press the call key, or se lect Answer to answer the call. 2. Press the end ke y to reject the ca ll. Select Silence to mute th e ringing tone, the n Dismiss , or do nothing. The c all is even tually d iverted to voicema il. With you r phone s et to silen t in the profiles menu, select Dismiss to divert t he call to voicemail. 3. With the fold c losed, press the volum e key to mute the ringing tone. A short press of the voice key answers an inco ming call w ith the loudspeake r. By default, your phone answers an incoming call when you open the fold . You can chan ge the setting to not answer t he cal l whe n the f old op ens. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > A nsw er when fold is opened > On or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 10 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up your phon e 11 Adjust the earpiece volume Whether in or out of a call, yo u can scroll the volume key located on th e left side of your device up or down to adjust the v olume of the earpiece. When you adjust t he volume, a bar chart indic ates the volume leve l. Answ er a call w ith the keypad locked To answ er a call with the ke ypad locked, pres s the call key with th e fold open. To answer a call with the fold closed and the keyp ad locked, press and ho ld the voice key to answer with the loudspea ker. During the call, al l features fun ction as normal. Wh en you end or reject the ca ll, the keypad automatic ally relocks. See âÂÂKe yguardâÂÂ, p. 12. When the keypad lock is on, calls still may be possible to the official emergency number programm ed into your de vice. Enter th e emergency number, an d press the call key. Loud spea ker Warning: Do not hold the devic e near you r ear when the loudspeake r is in use, because the volume may be extremely loud. You can us e your phone as a loudspeake r during a call. ⢠To activate the loudspe aker while in a call with the fold open, select Loudsp. . ⢠To ac tiva te t he lo udsp eake r when answering a call wit h the fold closed, p ress the vo ice key. ⢠To deactivate the loudspeake r during a call, with the fold open, sele ct Normal . The loudspeake r is deactivated automatica lly when a call ( or a call attemp t) end s or when c ertai n enhanc ement s are conne cted. Call options Many o f th e o ptio ns y ou can use during a call are netw ork services. Check with your netwo rk op era tor for more information. 1. S el ect Opt ions during a call to display the following options: Loudspeake r or Handse t âÂÂActivate or de acti vat e the l oud spe aker while in a call. New call âÂÂInitiat e a confe rence call. See â Conference c allingâÂÂ, p. 10. Save âÂÂSave a number while in a call to your contacts list. This option is avail able on ly when enterin g numbers during a call. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 11 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Set up y our pho ne 12 Add to contact âÂÂAdd a phone number to an exis ting contact in your contact s list while in a call. This option is available on ly when entering numb ers during a call. End all calls â Disconnect from all active calls. Send DTMF âÂÂEnt er the numb ers, and selec t Tones to send the numbers as ton es. Con tact s âÂÂView the contacts me nu. Menu âÂÂView th e phon e menu. 2. Select an option to activ ate the option or enter its submenu. â Key gua rd With keyg uard, you ca n lock the keypad to prevent keys from being pressed accidenta lly. The locked keyp ad unlocks w hen you rece ive a call. After the ca ll, the lock automa tically reactiva tes. With the k eyguard on, calls st ill may be possible to the official emergency number programmed into y our phone. Enter the emergenc y number, and press the call key. Lock the keypad Select Menu with the c ent er sel ect ion key; t hen press * within 2 seco nds. Unlock the keypad Select Unlo ck with the center selec tion key; t hen press * within 2 seco nds. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 12 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Text en try 13 3. Text entry You can u se two methods for entering text and numbers: standard mode and predictive text mode. Select Clear to backspace the cursor and d elete a character. Select an d hold Clear to backspace continuously and dele te characters. â Standard mode Standard mode is the only w ay to enter text into th e contacts list and to rename caller groups. Text (Abc) ⢠Press a key once to ins ert the first lett er on th e ke y, twic e for th e second let ter, etc. If you pa use briefly, the last letter in the display is accepted an d your device awaits the n ext en try. ⢠Press 0 to en ter a spac e, thereb y accepting a comple ted word. ⢠Press 1 to insert a period into your message. ⢠Press * to display a complete list of special characte rs. ⢠Press and hold # to bring up the Editor settings ( Number mode , Dictionary on or Dict iona ry of f , Writing language ). Numbers (123) To switch to 123 mode from Abc mode, press and hol d # at any message entry screen to bring up th e Editor settings . Select Number mode , and the device returns to th e message ent ry screen and switches the Abc icon in the upper left corner of the display to the 123 icon (or back). Punctuation and special characters While a t any te xt ent ry sc reen, press * to display special chara cters (press and hold * if predictive text is on). Press * again to cycl e through all a vailable characters. Scroll to n avigate through the list of special c haracters. With a character highligh ted, select Inser t to insert the char acter into your mes sage. â Predictive text mode Much fas ter than the stand ard mode method, pred ict ive t ext in put enables you to write me ssages quickl y using your keypa d and the built- in dictionary. In predict ive text mode, your phone predicts the words as you enter them. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 13 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Text en try 14 Acti vate or deacti vate At any text en try screen , select Opti ons > Dictionary on to acti vate or Dictionary off to deact ivate. Text ent ry The following illustration shows your text ent ry of the word Nokia in predictive tex t mode. With the English diction ary sele cted, pr ess eac h of the following nu mber keys once, and the screen will display Nokia by predicting the appropriate letter to use based on your ke ypad entry: 6 6 5 4 2 ⢠P re ss 0 to ente r a s pa ce, a nd begi n wri ting t he ne xt wor d. ⢠If a displayed word is not correct, press * to see ot her matche s. To return to the prev ious word in the list of matches, select Prev . ⢠If ? a ppears after a word, select Spell to add the w ord to the dictionary. ⢠Press 1 to ins ert a period into your message. ⢠Press and hold * to display special characters. Press * again t o cycle through all available char acters. â Change case and mode Press # to switch between uppercase, lowercase, and sentence c ase text . As you press #, the follow ing icons (not the descriptions) appear in the upper left of t he display screen:. Uppercase text: standard mode is on. Lower case text : stan dard mode is on. Sent ence c ase tex t: standard mode is o n. This option is av ailable only at the beginning of a sentence. Note: You can press # within 2 seconds to swi tch betwe en standard mode an d predictive text mode. Uppe rcase te xt: pr edictive text is on. Lowerca se text : predicti ve text is on. Sen tence ca se text : predictive text is on. This option is available only at t he beginni ng of a senten ce. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 14 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 15 4. Messag es If you have s ubscribed to a message network se rvice, you can se nd and receive me ssages to compatible phones also subscribed to a message service. You can also send and re ceive multimedia a nd e-mail messages if supported by your network oper ator. Also, yo u can make d istribution lists that contain phone numbers and names from y our contacts list. See âÂÂText entryâÂÂ, p. 13. When com posing text or multimedia messages, che ck the n umber of characters allowe d in the top right corner o f the message. Us ing Unicode characters ta kes up more s pace. With Unicode cha racters in your message , the indica tor may not show th e message length c orrectly. Before sending the me ssage, the phone tells you if the m essage exce eds the maximum le ngth allowed for one message. Impor tant: Exercis e caution opening messages. Messages may co ntain maliciou s software or otherwise be harmful to your devic e or PC. Note: W h e n yo u s en d a messa ge, yo ur de vic e may display Message se nt , indicating y our device has se nt the mes sage to the messa ge center nu mber programmed into yo ur device. T his is not an indication th at the message has been re ceived at the intended destination. For more details abou t messaging servic es, c hec k with you r network opera tor. â Text messages Compose and send 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Crea te me ssag e . To qu ickl y ac cess Create message , scroll left in standby mode. 2. Compose and send a message using the keypa d. Depending on the me ssaging service enabled, some or all of the following options are available while composing your message: 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 15 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 16 Sending options > Mark or Unmark > Urgent , Delivery note , Callba ck no. , or Signatu re . Select Sending option s for a single message. See âÂÂChang e sending optionsâÂÂ, p. 20. Clea r text âÂÂErase all the text from the message editor . Insert P icture â Insert contac t âÂÂInsert a name from your contact s list into your message. Insert n umber â Insert a phone number or find a phone numbe r in the conta cts list. Save âÂÂSelect Drafts to s ave the message in the drafts folder or Te mp l a te s to save th e message as one of your predefined template s in the templa tes folder. Exit editor â Exits the messa ge edito r. Use templa te âÂÂInser t a predefi ned template in to your message. Inse rt smiley âÂÂInsert a smiley into your message . Insert word or Edit word âÂÂEnter or edit the tex t of a new word that might not appear in th e predictive text dictionary ( only available wit h predictive te xt on). Insert symbol âÂÂInsert a s pecial character in to your mess age (only available with pred ictive text on). Dic tio nar y o n or Dictionary off â Turn the pred ictive text on or off. Matche s âÂÂView matc hes in the dictionary for t he word you w ant to use (only a vailable with predictive text o n and wh en th e sa me set of key s tro kes c an p roduc e mu lt iple words) . 3. To send the me ssage, select Send to > Send to number , Send to di strib. li st (if a distribution list has been cr eated), Send to e-mail or Send to many . 4. Enter the recipientâÂÂs ph one numbe r or e-mail address or select Search to retrieve a numbe r or e-mail address from your con tacts list; select OK . Read message When you rec eive a message, a notification message and are displayed. 1. Select Show t o r e a d t h e m e s s a g e o r Exit to dismiss the notification and read the message later from you r inbox. See âÂÂVi ew saved messa gesâÂÂ, p. 18. 2. Scroll up or down to view the whole mes sage, if necessary. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 16 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 17 Opti ons When readin g a text message, select Opti ons t o access some or all of the following op tions: Del ete â Dis ca rd t he me ss ag e. Use det ail âÂÂA ccess the foll owin g thre e options: Number âÂÂUses or saves the number. Select Opti on s > A dd to contact , Send message , or Call . E-mail address âÂÂL ists the e-mail addresses include d in the message (available only if th e message con tains an e-mail address). Select Save to save the e-mail address as a new phone book entry or Optio ns > Add t o con tac t or Se nd message . Web address âÂÂDisplays if a URL is includ ed in the message. Move âÂÂMov e the m essage to Archive , Templates , or a folder you have crea ted. Forw ard âÂÂForw ard th e mes sage to another phone num ber or e-mail address. Lock or Un lock âÂÂLock or unlock the message. Rename âÂÂEdit the title of the mes sage. Reply to message 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Text messages > Inbox and your desired message, or when you r eceive a messa ge, sel ect Show . 2. S el ect Reply > Em pty s creen , Original text , Te m p l at e , or one of the pr edef ined ans wers ; the n compose your reply using th e keypad . 3. After creatin g the reply, select Send . The s enderâ s phone n umbe r or e -ma il is u se d as th e de fau lt. Templat es Templates are sh ort, prewritten messages you c an recall and insert into new te xt m essages whe n you are sh ort on time . 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Crea te me ssag e > Opt ion s > Us e template . 2. Select your desired template . 3. S el ect Send to > Send to number , Send to many , or Send to dist rib . list (with a distribution list created). 4. Enter th e recipien tâÂÂs phone nu mber or e-mail address, or select Se arch to retrieve a number or e-mail address from your co ntacts list; sele ct Send . A distribution list only contains phone numbers of recipients and is selected from a list of predefined groups you crea te. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 17 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 18 Text mes sage fold ers Save messages You can save drafts of messages or received messages to a n exis ting fold er or to a folder that you hav e created. 1. O pen t he re ceive d mess age or create a new mess age, and se lect Options . 2. To save a rece ived messa ge, selec t Move > Tem pla te s or Archive . 3. To s ave the draft of a message you have creat ed, selec t Save > Drafts or Templat es . View saved messages 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages . 2. Select the folder containing the message y ou want to vie w: Inbox âÂÂA utomatically store s any incoming mes sages. Outbox âÂÂStores messa ges that have not been s ent Sent items âÂÂStores messages that have been s ent. Drafts âÂÂStores messages created as drafts. Archive âÂÂStores messa ges that y ou choose to archive, inc luding unread ones. Te mp l a te s âÂÂStores pictures and prewritten templates. Preloaded templa tes can be edited and personalised. My folders âÂÂAllows you to organis e your m essag es b y cre ati ng cu stom folders and sav ing some of your messages here. Se lect Op tio ns > Add folder , Rename folde r , or Delete folder to add a custom folder or rename or delete a folder you hav e created. You ca n only delete fol ders created in my folders; the inbox , sent items, archive, a nd templa tes folders are protected . When deleting a folder, you are also dele ting all messages in the folder. Distribution l ists âÂÂStores created distribution lists. 3. Wh en th e fol der opens, sele ct th e message yo u want to view. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 18 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 19 Distribution list The distribution list enables you to send messages to a group of contacts. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Distribution li sts . To create a distribution list, sele ct New list with no list cre ated or Opti ons > Create n ew list to cre ate additional lists. To populate your list, select Add new and a contact from your contacts list. To use, rename, or modify a distribution list, highlight the distribution list; and select Opti ons > Send message , Renam e list , C lear list , or De lete list . Delete messa ges If your message memory is full and you have mo re messages waiting at th e net work , No space for new text messages appears in standby mode. You can do th e following: ⢠Read some of the unre ad messages, and delete them individually . ⢠Dele te mess ages fr om some of y our folders. Delete a single messa ge 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages . 2. Select the folder con taining the message you wa nt to delete. 3. Highlight th e message you wa nt to delete. 4. S el ect Opt ions > Del et e . 5. S el ect Yes to delete the message or No to exit. Delete all messages in a folder 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext messages > Delete messages . 2. Selec t the messa ges you want to delete: All âÂÂDeletes all me ssages in all of the folders. All read âÂÂDelete s any messages that have bee n read in all of the folders. All unread âÂÂD eletes any messa ges t h a t h a v e n o t be en re a d in a l l o f the folders. 3. Select and Mark the folders that have messa ges you want to de lete: Inbox âÂÂDel etes al l mess ages fr om the in box folde r. Sent items âÂÂDeletes all me ssages from the Sent items folder. Outbox âÂÂDeletes all messages from the outbox folder. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 19 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 20 Drafts âÂÂD eletes all message s from the dra fts fold er. Archive âÂÂDelet es all messages from the arch ive fol der. User defined foldersâ Deletes all messa ges from the user de fined folder. 4. Select Done > Yes to empty the marked folder. Change sending options To change sending options for all future text messages, in standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Text messages > Message set tings > Sending opt ions and the setting you want to ch ange: Priority > Normal or Urg ent âÂÂSet th e priority of a note. Delivery n ote > On or Off âÂÂSend a note to yourself confirmin g delivery of the message. Send callbac k number âÂÂSend a callback number to the recipient. Selec t Off or enter your desired phone nu mber to send to th e reci pient as a callbac k number, and sele ct OK . Signature âÂÂSelect On t o c r e at e a signature to send with te xt message s or Of f to turn this feature off. To change sending options for one message, in standb y mode, select Menu > Messages > T ext message s > Create mess age > Options > Sending options , Mark or Un mark the set ting you want to cha nge: Urgent âÂÂSe t the priority of the note as urgent. Delivery not e âÂÂSend a note to yourself confirming delivery of the message. Callback no. âÂÂEnter your desired phone number to se nd to the recipient a s a callbac k number, and se lect OK . Signature âÂÂCreate a signature to send with t ext messa ges. Change other set tings In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Text m essa ges > Message settings > Other settings and th e setting you want to c hange: Message font size > Small font or Large font . Message overwriting > Sent items only , Inbox only , S. items & In box , or Off . Note: When the message memory is full, your phone cannot se nd or rece ive any new mes sages. To free up th e memory, you ca n select Message overwriting to make your phone automatica lly replace old messages in the inbox and sent items folders when new ones arrive. Save sent messages > Al ways sav e , Always prompt , or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 20 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 21 Queue msgs. when digital unavailable > On , On prompt , or Off . Messages are st ored in the ou tbox until they can be sent wit h digital servic e. â Multimedia messages A multimedia me ssage (MMS) can contain text, sound, a pict ure, and a video clip. Your device supports multimedia messages up to 300 K B. With the max imum size exceed ed, the devi ce ma y not be abl e to rece ive the message. Depending on your network, you ma y rec eiv e a me ssa ge th at inclu des an Int ernet address where you can go to view th e multimedia messag e. Pictures are sc aled to fit the display area of the device. Your device has a multime dia message viewer for playing message s and a multimedia folder for storing saved messages. When you save the multime dia messa ge, you can us e the i mag e a s a screen saver or the sound as a ringing tone unless prote cted by copyright. The appe arance of a multimedia message may vary depending on the receivin g device. Impor tant: Exercis e caution when op enin g mess ages. Mess age s may con tai n viruses o r otherwise be harmful to your devic e or PC. Copyright protections may prev ent some images, ringing to nes, and other content from being co pied, modified, transferred, or forwarded. This function is only available if supported by your service provider or n etwork operator. For availability and a subscription to the multimedia messagin g service, contact you r service provider or network operator. Note: Only devices that offe r compatible multimedia message feat ures can rec eive and display mu ltimedia messages. M ultimedia message objects may contain viruses or otherwise be harmful to your devic e or PC. Do not open any attach ment if unsure of the se nderâÂÂs trustworthine ss. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 21 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 22 Multimedia messaging supports the following formats: ⢠Pic ture: JPEG, GIF, animate d GIF, WBMP, BMP, and PNG ⢠Sound: SP-MIDI, AAC, AMR audio, QCELP, monophonic and polyphonic ring ing tones ⢠Video: clips in H.263 or MP EG4 format with SubQCIF im age size and AMR or QCELP audio If a recei ved message c ontains unsupported e lements, these ele ments may be replaced with Object format not supported . You can re ceive MMS n otifications a t anytime; w hether you can re trieve MMS depends, as shown in the following: ⢠Whi le in a call or an active browsing session, you cannot retrieve multime dia messages. ⢠While in a stand-alone applica tion such as a gam e or calendar instead of a browser or voice call, you can retrieve multime dia messages. MMS settings Before you can us e the multimedia message f eature, you must specif y whethe r you want to rec eive message at all times or only if you are in your wireless service providerâÂÂs or network operatorâ s home syst em. This is a network s ervice. Check w ith your service provide r for more inform ation. The defaul t setting of the multim edia message servic e is on. The appearance of a mu lti me dia mes sa ge m ay va ry depending on the receiving de vice. You ca nnot receive multimedia messages if you ha ve a call in progress or an active browsing session. Because delivery of mult imedia mesages can fail for a variety of reasons, do not rely solely upon them for essential communica tions. Allow or blo ck multimedia reception You can cho ose to receive all messages, bl ock al l messages, or rece ive messa ges only when you are in the network opera torâÂÂs home netwo rk. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multim edia messages > Message settings > Allow multimedia reception and one of the following: Yes âÂÂA llow all incoming messages. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 22 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 23 In home netw ork âÂÂAll ow in comi ng messag es only if you are in the network operatorâÂÂs home system. This is a netw ork service. Check w ith your network ope rator for more information. No âÂÂBlock all incomin g messages. Retrieve or re ject multimedia messages This setting is unavailable with multimedia re ception blocked. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia messages > Message settings > Incoming multi - media messages and one of the following op tions: Retriev e âÂÂAutomatically ret rieve all messages to y our inbox. Retr ie ve man ua lly âÂÂEnable choosing from a notification whether to retrieve a message waiting on the network . Reject âÂÂReject incomin g multimedia messages. When y ou r eceiv e mes sages, Multimedia me ssage received is displayed. Allow or block a dvertisements This setting is unavailable with multimedia re ception blocked. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia messages > Message settings > Allow advertisements > Ye s or No . Other MMS settings Other mult imedia settings include saving yo ur messages to Sent items . In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia mess ages > Mess age settin gs and one of the following: Save sent messages âÂÂSel ect Ye s to save sent multime dia messages to the Sent items folder or No to discard. Delivery reports âÂÂSe lect On to be informed if the m essage was delivered or Off to not be informed. Scale image down âÂÂSel ect Ye s or No to define whether to scale image down. Default slide timing âÂÂS et the de fault time in mm:ss format for each slide in a n M M S to r e ma in o n t h e s cr e en . MMS folders To use a nd ar range messag es, s elect Messages > Multimedia mess ages and one of the following: Inbox âÂÂContain s received multim edia mess ages. Outbox âÂÂConta ins multimedia messages which you have sent and are still waiting to be transmitte d, or failed to be sent out. Sent items â Contains sent multim edia mess ages. Saved items âÂÂContai ns sa ved multim edia messages that you can send late r. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 23 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 24 Delete messa ges âÂÂDelet es mess ages i n the Inbox , Outbox , Sent items , or Save d items folder. Write and send multimedia messages 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Messages > Multimedia messages > Cre ate m essa ge . 2. Enter your me ssage text, and select Options > Insert > I mage , Sound clip , New sou nd clip , Vid eo cli p , Slide , Busin ess ca rd , or Calendar note . The list of ava ilable folders in the Gallery is displayed. Select Business card to display your contact lists; select Ca lend ar n ote to show the cale ndar. 3. Open the desired folder; scroll to the image, sound c lip, or video clip; and selec t Opt ions > Insert . The indicator in the m essage header shows t he avail able memory size left for the me ssage. Copyright protections may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other content from being copie d, modified, transferred, or forwarded. 4. To add a new page or slide to the mess age, se lect Opt ion s > Insert > Slide . This applies only if th ere is no video clip in the mes sage Each slide ca n contain tex t, one image, and one sound clip. If the message con tains several slides, to open th e desir ed sli de, sele ct Previous s lide , Next slide , or Slide list . You can al so add business cards and calendar notes. 5. To set the time interval between the slide s, select Opti on s > Sli de timing . Ente r the time interval in mm:ss format, and sele ct OK . 6. To move the text to the top or bottom of the me ssage, select Opti ons > Place text first or Place text l ast (defa ult). 7. To insert a name from con tacts, select Opti ons > More options > Insert contac t and the desired name. 8. To insert a num ber, select Opti ons > More options > Insert numb er . 9. Enter the nu mber or search for it in contacts, and se lect OK . 10. To insert a ca lendar note, select Opti ons > Insert > Calendar note . 11. To insert a bus iness card, select Opti ons > Insert > Busines s card . 12. To delete an image , slide, video clip, or sound clip from the me ssage, select Opti ons > Delete > I mage , Sound cl ip , Video clip , or Slide . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 24 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 25 13. To add a subject to the message, sele ct Opt ion s > More option s > Edit subjec t , en ter a subject, and sele ct OK . 14. To v iew t he mess age or sli de presentation before sendin g it, sele ct Opt ion s > Preview . 15. To sav e the message to Saved items , s elect Opt ions > Sav e . 16. To send the mess age, sele ct Send to > Phone number , E-mail address , or Man y . 17. En ter t he r ecipi entâ s nu mber or e- mail address, or search for it in conta cts; select OK . The m essage i s moved to the out box folder to be sent. It takes more time to send a multimedia message than a te xt message. While sending the multimedia message, your device displays the a nimated indicator , and you can us e other functions on the device. If there is an interruption while sending the me ssage, the device automatic ally tries to resend it a few times. If this fails, the messa ge remains in the ou tbox folder, and y ou can try to manually resend it later. Ch eck your outbox folder for unsent me ssages. Note: When s end ing message s, your devi ce may display Mult imedia message sent , indicating that the mes sage h as been sent t o the messag e cent er nu mber programmed into your device. This is not an indica tion that the mess age has been rece ived at the intended destination. For more details about messagin g services, check w ith your network operator. Sent messages are sav ed in the se nt items folder if you set Sav e sent mess ages to Ye s . See âÂÂOth er MMS settingsâÂÂ, p. 23. This is not an indication that the message ha s been received at the in tended des tination. Read mult imedia messages When a multim edia message is being received, appears animated in the display along with the percentage display ind icating the receiving progress. With the mess age fully downloaded, appe ars in the display, showin g the number of messages received (with the light indicator blinking ne ar the bottom of your ante nna). ⢠To view the message immediately, sele ct Show . ⢠To view a saved mess age, sele ct Menu > Messages > Multimedia 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 25 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 26 messages > Saved items , and scroll to view the me ssage. While view ing the messa ge, select Play to view the entire MM S or Options and one of t he fo llow ing: View text âÂÂView only the text included in the message . Use de tai l â Send to - Edit Message - Open image , Open soun d clip , or Op en video clip âÂÂVie w or listen to the corresponding file. Delete messa ge âÂÂDele te th e mess age you are vie wing. Message details âÂÂVie w the sender âÂÂs name and phone number, th e message center us ed, reception date and time , and message s ize and type. Save image , Save sound clip , or Save video clip âÂÂSave th e fil e to the Gallery . You must open image s, sound clips, and video clips before you can save them . If blinks and Mult imedia me-mory full. view waiti ng msg. is displayed, memory for multimed ia messages is full. To view the waiting m essage, select Show . B efore you can save the message, delete some of your old messages. See âÂÂDel ete me ssagesâÂÂ, p. 19. Reply to multimedia message Select Re ply or Reply to al l to enter a reply and send it to the original sender and any other message recipients. â V oice messages If you subscribe to vo ice mail, your network operat or will furnish you with a voice mailbox num ber. You need to s a v e t h is n um b e r t o y o u r d e v i c e t o us e voice mail . When you receive a voice message , your device beeps, dis plays a message, or both. If you rec eive more than one voice message, your device shows the number of voice me ssages received. Save voice mailbox number Your netw ork o pera tor may hav e already saved you r voice mailbox number to your device. Se lect OK to leave th e number uncha nged. 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Messages > V oic e messages > Voice mailbox number . The vo ice mailbox numbe r is displayed. 2. If the bo x is empty , enter the voi ce mailbox area code and number, and select OK . Call and setup voice mail 1. After you save the voic e mailbox number, in standby mode, press and ho ld 1. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 26 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 27 2. When you connect to voic e mail and the prerecorded greeting begins, follow the automated instructions to s etup voice mail. Listen to voice me ssages After you set up voic e mail, in standby mode, press and hold 1; or select Menu > Mes sages > Voice messages > List en to voice m essa ges to dial the voice mailbox numb er. When you connect an d the prerecorded gre eting begins, follow the automated instructio ns to listen to your voic e messages. Aut omate voice mail You can in sert special characters called dialling codes into phone numbers such as vo ice mail, and save the number to a speed dials location. Dialling codes instruct the receivin g system to pause, wa it, bypa ss, or accept the numbers that follow them in the dialling string. See âÂÂPhon e numbers with di alling codesâÂÂ, p. 27. Voice mail s ervices vary by ne twork operator. The follo wing instruct ions are examples of common operations. Pleas e check wit h your netw ork operator for specific instructions on using your vo ice mail service. Write down voi ce mailbox number and process 1. Write down your v oice mailbox number. 2. Call and check y our voice mail as you normally w ould. 3. Write down your in teraction with the recorded prompts step-by-step. Keep in mind th at each v oice mail service may vary. Howe ver, it should look similar to the following exam ple: Dial 858555 1212, pause 5 sec onds, press 1, pause 2 seconds, pre ss 1234, an d press #. Phone numbers with dialling codes Dialling codes in struct the receiving system to pause, wait, bypass, or acce pt the nu mber s tha t foll ow th em in the dialling string. To set up dialling codes, do the following: 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Con tact s > speed dials . 2. Scroll to an (empty) speed dia ls slot, and select Assign . 3. Enter your mailbox phon e number, including the ar ea code. Note: If the standard Telecom New Zealand mailbox number 083 210 is used, t he area c ode is not nece ssary.. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 27 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Messages 28 4. Enter any dialling codes as necessary a fter the entered ph one number. For example, if you pause for 5 seconds afte r connecting to voic e mail, enter p twice (two times 2.5 secon ds) aft er th e voice m ailb ox number: 2145 551212pp . 5. Enter any remaining pauses or other information th at enables you to listen to your mes sages, and selec t OK . 6. Enter a name (such a s voice mail), and selec t OK . To dial and listen to your v oice mail, press and hold th e assigne d speed di als key in stand by mode. Insert dialling codes After having entered your de sired phone number , pr ess * r epeat edly t o cycle throug h dialling codes. When the desired code appears in the display, pause briefly and the code is inserted into the dialling st ring. The following dialling codes are available: *âÂÂB ypass es a se t of i nstruc tion s. pâÂÂPauses for 2.5 seconds before sending any n umbers that follow. âÂÂReplaced by the international access code . wâÂÂWai ts for yo u to pre ss th e cal l k ey before sending the numbers or codes that follow. Clear voice mail icon To clear the voice ma il icon from the display, in standby mode, select Menu > Messages > V oi ce mes sages > Clear voice message icon . â Web messaging Web messaging is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork serv icesâÂÂ, p. vi ii. If your network operator supports this feature, you can use the min ibrowser to check for e-ma il messages. In st andby mode, selec t Menu > Messages > Minibrowser messages > Connect . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 28 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call regist er 29 5. Call regist er Call register stores inform ation about your last 30 missed, rec eived, and dialled calls respe ctively and adds the total duration of a ll calls. When the number of calls excee ds the maximum, the most rece nt call replaces the oldest. Whether vie wing missed, received, or dialled calls, se lect Options to access the se menu opti ons : Time of call âÂÂD isplays the date an d time of the call. Send message âÂÂSends a mes sage to t he numb er. Use numb er â Edits the number and associates a name with t he number. Save âÂÂEnters a name for the number and sa ves it t o your con tacts list. Add to contact âÂÂAdds a number to a contac t and saves it to your conta cts list (available on ly with the num ber not yet st ored in your contacts list). Del ete âÂÂClears the number from memo ry . Call âÂÂCalls the numbe r. â View missed calls The missed calls feature does not function w ith your devic e switched off. Missed ca lls are calls you have never answered. To view missed calls, do the following: In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Missed calls , or with missed call notificatio n displayed, select List . Scroll to a name or numbe r, and select Opti ons . Sele ct a n op ti on to vi ew or ac tiva te. â View r eceiv ed ca lls Receive d calls are calls that ha ve been answered. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Received calls . Scroll to a name or numbe r, and select Opti ons . Sele ct a n op ti on to vi ew or ac tiva te. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 29 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call regist er 30 â View dialled numbers Dialled calls are prev ious numbers you have dialled from your device. In standby mode, press the call key, or select Menu > Call register > Dialled numbers . Scroll to a name or numbe r, and select Opti ons . Select an option to view or activat e. View c all ti mes You c an m ake or r ece ive cal ls t o or from the same numb er and view up to five calls disp layed with the time e ach call occurre d. Your device clo ck must be set for this feature to work accurately. In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Call register > Missed calls , Received calls , or Dialle d numbers . Highlight your desired name or number, and sele ct Opt ions > Time of call . Scroll down to view the ca ll times from this numbe r; select Back to return to the options list. â Delete call registers You can delete any missed, dialled, or receive d calls from your device memory. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Delete recent calls . Select the call type you want to cl ear: All , Missed , Re cei ved , or Dialled . â Call duration Contact your netw ork operator for the actual calls and services in voice, which may vary depending on netw ork features, rounding off for billing, taxes, and so forth. Select Menu > Ca ll register > Call duration t o v i e w t h e d u r a t i o n o f y o ur last call, all your dialled calls , all your received calls, a ll your calls, your life timer, or to clear your tim ers. After you select Cle ar timers , enter your lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. Note: All call duratio n, except the life timer, a re reset to zero with Clear timers selecte d. Note: Some timers , including the life timer, may be reset during service or software upgrades. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 30 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call regist er 31 To activate the call times on the display screen, in standby mode, select Menu > Call register > Call duration > Last call duration > Show call time on display > On. To activate the call timer in standby mode while in a call, select Details > Show call time on display > On or Off . To view the duration of dialled or received calls placed while in the home network or while roaming, select Det ai ls > Home or Roaming . â Data and fax call duration Data and fax cal ls are a network service. See âÂÂNet work services âÂÂ, p. viii. If your network ope rator supports this feature, yo u can view the size or duration of sent or received data and fax calls. Note: The actual time invoiced for calls and services by your network operator may v ary, depending on network features, rounding off for billing, taxes, and so forth . In standby mode, select Menu > Ca ll register > Data/fax calls and on e of the following op tions: Last sent data/fax â View the size (KB ) of the last sent data or fax call. Last received data/fax âÂÂView t he size (KB) of the last received d ata or fa x cal l. All sent data/fax âÂÂView the si ze (KB) of all sent data and fax calls . All received data/ fax âÂÂVie w th e siz e (KB) of all receive d data and fax calls. Duration of last data/fax call âÂÂView th e duration time of the last data or fax cal l. Duration of all data/fax calls âÂÂV iew the duration time of all calls. Clear all data/fax registers > OK > Ye s âÂÂC lear all data or fax logs. â Minibrowser duration Minibrowser is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork servic esâÂÂ, p. viii. If your network operator supports this feature, you can view the size or duration of sent or received data from the minibrowser. Note: The actual time invoiced for calls and services by yo ur network op erator may vary , depending on netw ork features, rounding off for billing, tax es, and so forth. In standby mode, select Menu > Call register > M inibrowser calls and one of the following opti ons: Last sent bro wse r data âÂÂView the si ze (KB) of the last sent browser data. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 31 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Call regist er 32 Last receiv ed bro wser data âÂÂVi ew t he size (K B) of the last r ecei ved data. All sent browse r data âÂÂView the size (KB) of all sent browser data. All received browser data âÂÂView the size (KB) of all received browser data. Last bro wser s ession âÂÂView the duration time of the last browser session. All browser sessions âÂÂView t he duration time of all browser sessions. Clear all b ro wser regist ers > OK > Ye s âÂÂClear all browser registers. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 32 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 33 6. Contacts The co ntacts list can hold up to 500 contacts w ith multiple numbers and text n otes for eac h cont act. The amount of nu mbers and text ent ries you can s ave may vary , depending on the length and total number of entrie s in the contac ts list. â Add new contacts To access the contacts list in standby mode, press the right selection key, or select Menu > Contacts > Names if the righ t selection key on your devic e has a network operator menu. Save contact name and numbe r 1. In standby mode, enter the phone number yo u want to save. 2. S ele ct Sa ve . 3. Enter the name , and select OK . Save contact number only 1. In standby mode, enter the phone number yo u want to save. 2. Select and hold Options . Save an entry 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Con tact s > Names > Options > Ad d n e w . 2. En ter the na me , and se lec t OK . 3. Ent er th e phone num ber, and select OK > Back . Save numbers and text items You can sa ve different types of phone number s and short t ext i tems pe r na me to the conta cts list. The first num ber you s ave for any ent ry is au to mati cal ly set as t he de fa ul t num ber , w hich yo u can alw ays chang e. 1. In standby mode, scroll down to dis pla y y our cont ac ts l ist , and highlight the en try to which you want to add a phone number or text item . 2. S el ect De ta ils > Opti ons > Add detail > Number ( General , Mobile , Home , Office , or Fax ), E-mail address , Web address , Po s ta l address , Note , Image , or Tone . 3. Enter the number or text for the type you h ave select ed, and se lect OK . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 33 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 34 4. To change a num ber type, highligh t the number, and selec t Optio ns > Change type > Genera l , Mobile , Home , Offic e , or Fax . Change default num ber You can als o change which ph one number is the de fault (primary) numb er fo r th e co nta ct entry . 1. In standby mode, scroll down to select the cont act entry y ou want to change, and select Details . 2. Scroll to the number you want to set as default, and sele ct Optio ns > Set as default . Caller groups You can add contac ts list entries to any of five caller groups, and assign a unique ringing ton e or graphic to that group. This enables you to identify callers from the group by their un ique ringing tone or graphic. 1. To assign an entry in your con tacts list to a caller group, select you r desired contact entry, and select Options > Caller groups > Family , VIP , Friends , Business , Other , or No group . 2. To manage your caller groups, in standby mode , select Menu > Con tact s > Caller groups > Family , VIP , Friends , Business , or Other to display t he following c aller group options: Group name > Re name group â Rename the group to your prefere nce . Group ringing ton e âÂÂSet the rin gin g tone for the group. Group logo > On , Of f , or View âÂÂSe t the graphic for the caller group. Group members âÂÂA dd or remove members from the caller group. Set up speed dials You can as sociat e any ent ry in th e contacts lis t with a key from 2âÂÂ9. To dial th ose entries, press and hold the assigned key. See âÂÂSpeed dialsâÂÂ, p. 52 to activate or deactivate speed dials. Assign a key to speed dials 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Contacts > Spe ed dials . 2. Scroll to an (emp ty) speed dials slot, and select Assign . 3. Enter the nu mber and a name for the num ber, or select Se ar ch to retrieve a numbe r from the contac ts list; select Select . If speed dials is off, the device displays a prompt and asks if you want to turn speed dials on. 4. Select Ye s to activa te speed dials. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 34 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 35 Change speed dials numbers 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Contacts > Speed dials . 2. Scroll to the speed dials entry you want to change, and select Optio ns > Change . 3. Enter the new number and a name for the entry, or select Search to retrieve a number from the contacts list ; select Select . Delete speed dials numbers 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Contacts > Speed dials . 2. Scroll to the speed dials entry you want to delete , and select Optio ns > Delete > Ye s . â V o ice tags You can dial up to 2 5 stored numbers using voice dia lling. Before using voice tags, note the followin g: ⢠Voice tags are not language- dependent. They depend on the spea kerâÂÂs vo ice. ⢠Yo u mu st s ay the na me exact ly as you said it w hen you recorde d it. ⢠Voice tags are sensitive to backgr ound noise. Re cord voice tags, and use them in a quiet enviro nment. ⢠Very sh ort names are not acce pted. Use long name s and avoid similar names for different numbers. Note: Using voice ta gs may be difficult in a noisy envi ronm ent o r du ring an emerge ncy , s o you shou ld n ot rely on voice diallin g in all circum stance s. Assign a voice tag to an en try Before you can us e voice dialling, you must firs t assign a voice tag to the numb er. 1. In standby mode, scroll to the entry in your contac ts list to which you want to assign a voice tag. 2. S el ect De ta ils > Opti ons > Ad d v oi ce t a g > Start . 3. Speak clearly into the microphone . Do not select Quit unles s yo u want to cancel th e recording. The device automatically s tops recording, and saves and replays the voice tag. appears next t o commands that have voic e ta gs a ssi gned . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 35 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 36 Dial a number 1. In standby mode, pre ss and hold the right selection key with the fold open, or press and hold the voice key regardless of the fold being open or closed. 2. When you hear several be eps and Speak now appears, re lease t he key . 3. Pronounce the v oice tag cle arly into the microphone. When the de vice finds the voic e tag, F ound: appears, and the device automatically dials the n umber. If the dev ice does n ot locate a number or recognise the voice tag, No match found appe ars. Voice tag s 1. After you have a ssociated a voice tag to a contac t, se le ct Menu > Con tact s > Voice tags and y our desired voice tag entry. 2. Select Playback , Chan ge , or Del ete . â Edit contacts list entries 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Contacts > Nam es , and scroll t o the en try y ou wan t t o edit in your contac ts list. 2. Select Det ails > Options and one of the follo wing options , which may vary depending on whether you are editing a contact listed by phone number or cont act name: View âÂÂVi ew th e pho ne nu mber o f the con tact . Add detail âÂÂAdd more details to the contac t: Name (only available with no name added), Number ( General , Mobile , Home , O ffice , or Fax ), E-mail address , W eb address , Postal addres s , Note , Image (only available with no im age added), or Ton e . Edit n ame , Edit number , Edit detail , or Chan ge image âÂÂEdit an existing contac t name, phone n umber, details, or im age attached to th e cont act. Del ete âÂÂDelete more details ( Delete numb er , Delete detai l , or De lete image ) or the entire c ontact entry ( Delet e contact ) of the cont act. Send message âÂÂCreate and send the co ntact a text messag e or multimedia message. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 36 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 37 Use n umber âÂÂUse or save th e number (availa ble when you select a contact lis ted with a co ntact name). Select Option s to use the number. Set as default âÂÂChange the default number of the contact. Change type > Gener al , Mobile , Home , Offi ce , or Fax âÂÂC hange the number type. Add voice tag or Voi c e t ag âÂÂAdd a voice tag to th e contact with no voice tag assigned, or select Playback , Change , or Delete with a voice tag assigned. Send bus. card âÂÂSend the con tact as a busines s card to another device. Caller groups âÂÂAdd the conta ct to an existing caller group. Speed dials âÂÂAdd t he contact to your speed dials list. 3. Edi t th e opti on t o your pre feren ce, and select OK . â Delete contacts entries To delete all entrie s in your contacts list, in standby m ode, select Menu > Contacts > Delete all co ntacts . â Access the contacts menu 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Con tact s and one of the following options: Names âÂÂView the ent ries in your contacts list, and s elect Details or Options > Search , A dd new , or Delete contact for you r selected entry. Settings âÂÂCha nge the co ntac ts li st view or ch eck the memo ry status of your devic e. Caller groups âÂÂView a nd ed it t he properties of any of the caller groups on the device. V oice tags âÂÂListen to, modify , or delete a voice tag to a con tact in the contacts list. Speed dials âÂÂView or modify the list of speed dials numbers. My number âÂÂView you r own phone number. Delete all contacts âÂÂDelete all entries in your cont acts list. 2. Select an option to activate th e feature or access i ts submenu . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 37 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Contacts 38 Search for a name 1. In standby mode, scroll down to display the contents of your contacts li st. 2. P re ss the key corr espo ndin g to t he first letter of the name for whic h you are searc hing. 3. Scroll to select a contact, and selec t Details to view the de tails. Configure settings You can s elect how th e contacts appear in your con tacts list and view the amount of memory used or available in your device. In standby mode, select Menu > Contacts > Settings > Scrolling view to chan ge view of name list or Memory status to view the device memory used a nd remaining. â Send and receive contacts You can send and re ceive an ent ry in your co ntacts list using tex t messaging, if supported by your network operator. Send a business card You can send a bus iness card as a text message to a compatible phone or other handheld devic e. 1. Highlight your desired entry from your conta cts list, and select Details > Options > Send bus. card > Via multimedia , Via text message or Via infrared . Default numb er and All details options appear only if yo u have more than one number or detail saved to the contac t entry. 2. Enter the nu mber for your recipient , or select Search to retrieve a numbe r from your contac ts list. 3. Select OK and the business card is sent. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 38 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Camera 39 7. Camera You can take photos and record video clips with the built-in 1 .0 megapixel camera. The cam era lens is on the front of the device. The camera produces photos in JPEG format and video clips in H.263 (SubQCIF ) format. When us ing t he feat ures in thi s dev ice, please follow local la ws and respect privacy rights and additional rights of other people. After you take a picture or video, you can attach it to a multimedia message, s e n d i t w i th M MS , s a ve i t a s a wallpaper, save it on a compatible PC using Nokia PC Suite software. When you att ach a pictu re to an ent ry in you r list of contacts, the picture is displaye d when th e contact ca lls you. If there is not enough mem ory to take a new photo, delete old photos or other files in the Ga llery. â Take a p hoto You can take a photo with the fold open or take self portra its with the fold clos ed. 1. In standby mode, press the camera key to activa te the camera , or with the fold open, select Menu > Cam era . 2. S el ect Capture to take the photo. When taking a photo, a shutter sound is heard, the photo displays on the screen , and either a blinking icon or scrolling indicato r displays as the photo is sav ed to the Images folder of Gallery. To change the camera mode from still image to video, or v ideo to still image, select Options and the mode you want. 3. S el ect Back to take another photo or Option s and choose from one of the following: Video âÂÂChange from still image to video. Zoom âÂÂZoom in closer before capturing a photo or get a closer look at the captured ph oto; use the scroll key to navigate ar ound the photo. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 39 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Camera 40 Night mode on or Night mode off â Turn night mode on or off. New image âÂÂSelect to ca pture a new photo. Flash swit ched on or Flash sw itched off âÂÂTurn the flash on or off. Self-timer on âÂÂUse the self-t imer to delay capturin g a photo fo r 10 secon ds, o r set to Self-timer off . Img. sequence on âÂÂTake a series of six pictures in sequence, or set to -Img. sequence off . Open Galle ry âÂÂOpen gallery to view saved images, videos, and recordings. Settings âÂÂSelect opti ons in Im age quality , Video clip quality , Video clip length , Camera sounds , Self- timer lights , Default title, Image and video storage , or Default mode . View prev ious âÂÂVi ew t he pr evio us photo. Send > Via multimedi a or Via infrared âÂÂSend a photo to a compatible device or PC. Attach to contact âÂÂAttac h an image to a contact in Names. Rena me â Enter or edit the na me of the captured photo, and select OK . Set contrast âÂÂScroll to ad just the contrast of the captured photo. Set as wallpaper âÂÂU se a captured photo for wallpaper. Set as s. saver âÂÂUse a capture d photo as a screen saver. Details âÂÂView th e Name , Size , Created , Form at , Resolution , or Copyright of a captured photo. Record a video clip You can record a v ideo clip up to 12 frames per second (FPS). 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Camera > Options > Video > Record . While you are recording, the recordin g indicator an d the remaining rec ording time display. 2. Select P ause to pause the recording, Continue to res ume the recording, or Stop to stop th e recording. The devic e saves the recording in the vide o clip folder in gallery. 3. Select Ba ck to record another video or select Options and on e of the following: Still image âÂÂGo back to standard photo mode. Zoom âÂÂZoom in closer before recording a video or get a closer look at the recorded vide o; Scroll to navigate around the photo. Mute audio or Unmute âÂÂTurn the sound on or off. New video clip â Set as screen saver â 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 40 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Camera 41 Flash on / Flash off âÂÂTurn th e fla sh on or off. View previous â Open Gallery âÂÂGo to the video clip folder of the gallery menu. Settings âÂÂSelect options in Image quality , Vide o clip quality , Video clip length , Came ra sounds , Sel f- timer lights , De fault title , Image and video storage , or De fault mode . Delete âÂÂDelet e the v ideo c lip . Send âÂÂSend the video clip to another device as a multimedia mess age o r use I R co nnec tiv ity. Rename â Renam e the vid eo cli p. Set contrast âÂÂScrol l to increase or decre ase cont rast of t he sel ected video. Details âÂÂVie w details of the selecte d video, suc h as name, size , time and date created, length, file format, and copyri ght information. Self-timer In standby mode, select Menu > Camera > Options > Self-time r on to set a timer and delay capturing a photo for 10 seconds. Select Start when a beep so unds. T he s elf-t imer ru ns an d beeps f aste r when the c amera is ab out to capture the photo. After the timeout, the camera takes the photo and save s it in the images folder of th e gallery menu . Settings In standby mode, select Menu > Camera > Opti ons > Set tings to change the settings in the camera mode. Select one of the followin g options: Image quality âÂÂD efine file compression when saving the ima ge. Select High , Normal , or Basic . High uses the least file compressio n and provides the best ima ge q ual it y bu t t ake s mo re memo ry . Video clip quality âÂÂDef ine the q uality of a video clip. Select Hi gh , Medium , or Low. Video clip length âÂÂSelect Defa ult (15 seconds) or Maximum (2 .5 minutes depending on condition s). Only video clips that are defau lt length or shorter can be sent in a multim edia message. Defa ul t tit le âÂÂSelect Automatic to use a pre defined title or M y title to key in or edit a new title. Image and video storage âÂÂSe lect the folder for image storage. Camera sounds > On or Off âÂÂSet camera sounds. Self-timer light s > On or Off âÂÂSet self- timer lights. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 41 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Gallery 42 8. Gallery You can save pic tures, video clips, recordings, and ringing tones to folders in the Gallery an d ad d new fold ers as well. You can download images and tones using MMS, SMS, via infrared, mobile Internet sites, or Nokia PC Suite. Note: Only compat ible devices offering compatible multimedia me ssage features can receive and display multimedia me ssages. Your device supports a digital rights management system to protect content you h ave acq uired. Conte nt such as a ringing ton e, can be protected and asso ciated with cert ain usage rules, for example, the num ber of usage times or a certain usage period. Usage rules are defined in the content a ctivation key th at can be deliv ere d with t he cont ent or del iver ed separately, depending on your network operator. You may be able to update the a cti vati on ke y. A lwa ys ch eck t he delivery te rms of any con tent and activation key before acquiring t hem, as they may be subjec t to a fee. Copyright protection may prevent some images, ringing tones, and other content from being copi ed, modified, transferred, or forwarded. Your device has about 14 MB of memory for storing files in the Gallery . This memory is not shared with other functions, su ch as contacts. If the device dis plays a message that the memory is full, delete som e existing files before proceeding. â Folders 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Gallery > Images , Video clips , Graphics , Tones , Reco rdin gs , Them es , or a user-created folde r. 2. Select Ope n to vi ew a li st o f the files in the folder or Option s to access the following: Delete folder âÂÂDelete a folde r yo u have created. Yo u cannot del ete a preset fold er. Move âÂÂMov e the s elec ted fo lde r into another folder. After sele cting Move , s croll to another folder, and select Move to . You c annot move a preset fold er. Rename fo lder â Rename a fold er you hav e created. You cannot renam e a pres et fol der. Details âÂÂShow the n ame, size, and date of creation of the selecte d folder. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 42 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Galler y 43 Type o f v iew > List with details , List , or Gr id âÂÂDeter min e how to di sp lay the folders and files within them. Sort âÂÂSort the cont ents of the selected folder by name , date, format, or size. Add folder âÂÂCreate a new folder. Memory status âÂÂCheck the available memory for the device handset. Ac ti vati on ke y l ist âÂÂView the list of available activation ke ys. You can delete activation keys if desired. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 43 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Media 44 9. Media â Radio Your phone has an FM radio that also functions as an alarm clock radio. To listen to the F M radio on your phone, connec t a compatible music stand, a 2.5 mm he adset, or stereo headset to th e connector on the bottom of the phone. Th e FM radio uses the w ire of the headse t as an antenna. A compatible headset ne eds to be attache d to the device for the FM radio to function properly.The quality of a radio broadcast depends on coverage of the radio station in that particular area. Warnin g: Li sten t o musi c at a moderate level. Continuous exposure to high volume may damage your hearing. Do not hold the devic e near your ear when the louds peaker is in use, becaus e the volume may be ex tremely loud. Turn the radio on and off 1. Connect the phone t o a compat ible headset or music stand. 2. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Media > Radio . T he cha nne l location n umber, the nam e of the radio channel (if y ou have saved the channel), and the frequenc y of the radio channel are displayed. To use the graphical keys , , , or on the display, scroll left or ri ght to the des ire d k ey , an d select it. 3. If you have alread y saved radio channels, selec t or to scroll to the channel you wou ld like to lis ten to. To select a radio cha nnel location, briefly press the corresponding numbe r keys. 4. To turn off the radio, select Opti ons > Switch off . A long press on of the end key also turns the radio off. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 44 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Media 45 Opti ons With the radio on, select Op tions and one of the following: Switch off âÂÂTurn off the radio. Save channel âÂÂSa ve the current station to one of 20 locations (only available with a new st ati on ente red) . Channels âÂÂScroll up or down to selec t a channe l from 20 locations. WIth an existing chan nel highlighted, sele ct Opti ons > Dele te channel or Rename to delete or rename the sav ed channel. Mono o ut put or Stereo output âÂÂLis ten to the radio in monaural mode (defa ult) or in ster eo. Ste reo out put is available through a s tereo enha ncemen t. Loudspeak er or Headset âÂÂListen to the radio through th e speakerphone or thro ug h the heads et. Set frequency âÂÂManually en ter the frequency of a known radio station. To set the radio frequency, press * and use the ke ypad to enter th e frequency of a known radio station. To adjust the radio volu me, press the volume up and down ke ys. When an application using a browser connect ion is sending or receiving data, it may in terfere with the ra dio. When yo u place or re ceive a call, the radio automa tically mutes. When the call ends, the radio switches back on. Tune and save a radio c hannel You can s ave a preset station to any one of 20 locations in me mory. 1. When the radio is on, select or to change the radio frequency in 0.1 M Hz steps, or select and hold or to start the chan nel search. Se arching stops when a channel is found. 2. To save the ch annel, select Options > Save channel . To sa ve the ch anne l to a m emo ry location 1 to 9, press and hold the corresponding numbe r key while the radio is playing. To save the ch anne l in the memo ry loc at ion from 10 to 20, press briefly 1 or 2 and the desired number key 0 to 9. 3. Enter a name for t he channel, an d sele ct OK . 4. S el ect a n (empty ) location to save the chann el. â Recorde r This feature enables you to record pieces of speech or sound with your device and liste n to them later. The tota l avai lab le t ime is 3 m in ute s w ith no memos stored . The maximum length of a recording depends on how much mem ory remains available. In standby mode, select Menu > Media > Rec order > Record to s tart the recording or Recordings list to 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 45 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Media 46 manage the folder you have defined for recording storage. Record speech or sound 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Media > Record er > Record . 2. After you hear the re corder start tone, begin recording speech or sou nd. 3. When you finish rec ording, select Stop , and your re cording is sa ved to the Recordings folder in the Gallery . Options After you h ave saved the recordi ng to the Re cordings folder, from the standby mode, go to Gallery > Recordings . Highlight the recording, and select Open t o li s ten to th e recording u sing the ea rpiece; or se lect Opti ons and one of the following. Delete âÂÂErase the recording. Rename â Chang e t he n ame of t he recording. Set as ring tone âÂÂUs e your recording as a ringtone (a carrier-dependent feature). Details âÂÂShow the name, si ze, and date of creation of the recording. Send â Move â Open i n sequen ce â â Media equaliser The e qualis er e nhances t he sound quality when using the music player by amplifying or atte nuating frequenc y bands. You can a ccess five preset equaliser sett ings ( Normal , Po p , Rock , Jazz , and Classical ) and tw o personalisable settings. Activa te an equalis er set In standby mode, select Menu > Media > Equa liser , scroll to the desire d setting, and sele ct Activate . Create a custom equaliser set 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Media > Equa liser . 2. Scroll to Set 1 or Set 2 , and selec t Opti ons > Edi t . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 46 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Media 47 The s elected s et app ears in the display with the bar on the far left highlighted. The bars adju st frequencies, from the lowest (the leftmos t bar) to the highest (the rightmost bar). The higher the indicator on a particular bar, the more that frequency is amplified. 3. To adjust the lowe st frequency, scroll up and down on the bar. 4. To adjust other frequencies, scroll left or right to the other bars. 5. Repeat s teps 3 and 4 to adjust the setting for each freque ncy; then se lect Save . 6. To rename the setting, select Optio ns > Re name , ente r a n ew name, an d select OK . 7. To activate th e setting, sele ct Ac ti va t e . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 47 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 48 10 . S e t t i n g s Use this menu to c hange profiles, themes, m ain display settings, mini display settings , tone settings, time and date settin gs, call settings, phone settings, voice commands, enhanc ement settin gs, security settings, applicat ion settings, network settings, network services, and restore facto ry settings. â Profiles Profiles define how your de vice reacts when you rece ive a call or message and how y our keyp ad s ound s wh en y ou pres s a ke y. Yo u c an le ave ring ing options, keypad ton es, and oth er settings for each of the available profiles at their default s etting, or personalise them to s uit your needs. Profiles are also available for enhanc ements s uch as the headset and car kit. See â Enhancemen t settingsâÂÂ, p. 59. To activate a profile, in standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Profiles > Gene ral , Silent , Meetin g , Outdoor , o r Page r > A ctivate . Personalise a profile You can personalise any of the profiles in various ways . 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Select the profile you want to personalise. 3. Select P ersonalise and the option you want to personalise. Set a timed profile You can use tim ed profiles to prev ent missed calls. For example, suppose you attend an ev ent requiring you r device set to Silent before the event starts , but you forget to return it to Normal until long after the eve nt. A timed profile can prevent mis sed calls by returning your de vice to the default profile at a time you specify . You can set timed profiles up to 24 ho urs in advance. 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Profiles . 2. Select the profile you want to activate and Timed for timed expiration. 3. Enter the time in hh:mm format for the profile to expire, and select OK . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 48 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 49 â Themes A theme cont ains m any el ement s for personalising your phone, such as wallpaper , scre en saver, colour sche me , a nd a ring in g t one . Themes a utomatically loads wallpapers, screen savers, ringing tones and back ground colours. Selecting a theme changes your previous settings. Individual settings for a theme can be changed in th e settings m enu. For ex ample, the c olour scheme can be modified in the main display m enu in settings, withou t changing the wallpaper, screen saver or ringing tone loaded by a theme. 1. To choos e th e th eme o f your display, in standby mode , select Menu > Settin gs > Th emes > Select theme > T hemes . 2. Scroll to a theme, and s elect Open > Options > Apply th eme . â Main display settings Wallpaper You can s et your device to display a background picture (wallpaper). 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Wallpaper > Select wallpaper > Images , Video clips , Gra phi cs , Tones , Re cordi ngs , T hemes , or a user-created folder > Op en . 2. Browse your selecte d folder containing th e graphics or image of your desired wallpaper. 3. When y ou arrive at the im age of you r cho ice , se lec t Opt ions > Set as wallpaper . 4. To select a set of image s to rotate as wallpaper slides, select Select slide set > Images . 5. To activate or deac tivate wallpaper, in standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Wallpaper > On or Off . Screen saver In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Screen saver > On or Off . Power saver You can turn the power saver on and off. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Po w e r saver > On or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 49 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 50 Colour schemes You can ch ange the colour of som e display co mponents in your devi ce, such as in dicators and signal bars. In standby m ode, select Men u > Settings > M ain display > Colour schemes and the c olour scheme of your choic e. Choose a banner Banner is a carrie r-dependent feature . If your network operator supports this feature, you can choose whether th e display shows the operator logo when the phone is in the idle s tate. In standby m ode, select Men u > Settings > M ain display > Banner > Default or P ersonalise . Backlight time-out You can ch oose how long to set the backlights on. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Main display > Backlight tim e-out > 15 s econds or Pe rsonalise (to enter the time-out ranging from 15 sec onds to 5 m inutes). â Mini display setti ngs Wallpaper You ca n set your de vic e to di sp lay a background picture (wallpaper). 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Mini display > Wallpaper > Select wallpaper > Images , Video cli ps , Graph ics , Ton es , Recordi ngs , Themes , or a user- creat ed fold er > Open . 2. Browse your sele cted fol der contain ing the graphics or image of your desired wallpaper. 3 . W h e n yo u ar r i v e a t t h e i m a ge o f your choi ce, s ele ct Op tio ns > Set as wallpaper . 4. To select a set of images to rotate as wallpape r slides, select Select slide set > I mages . 5. To activate or deactivate wallpaper, in standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Mi ni display > Wallpaper > On or Off . Screen saver In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Mini display > Screen saver > On , Off , Screen savers ( Image , or Slide set ), o r Time-out . Power saver You can turn the power saver on and off. In stan dby mo de, selec t Menu > 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 50 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 51 Settings > Mini display > Pow e r saver > On or Off . Colo u r sc hem es You can c hange the colour of some display components in your device, such as indicators and signal bars. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Mini display > C olour schemes an d t h e co l ou r s ch em e o f your ch oice. â Tone settings You can ad just the ringing volum e, keypad tone s, and more fo r the act ive profile. See âÂÂPersonalise a profileâÂÂ, p. 4 8 for more information on profile settin gs. Select Menu > Se ttings > T ones and one of the following: Incom ing call al ert âÂÂSele ct h ow th e device n otifies you of an incoming call. Video ringing tone > On or Off â Indicate w hether to repla ce the de fault audio ringing tone with th e selected video. Note: When a video ringing tone is selecte d, the video is only displayed on the internal or main display scree n. It is recommende d not to select Answer when fold is opened with a video ringing tone. See âÂÂOpen fol d to a nswer âÂÂ, p. 53. Ringing tone âÂÂS elect the ringi ng tone for incoming calls. Ringing volu me âÂÂSet the v olu me of your ringing tone . Light indicator > On or Off âÂÂSet the light indicator. Vibrating al ert > On or Off âÂÂSet the vibrating alert. Message alert tone âÂÂSelect th e tone for received messages. Keypad t ones âÂÂSet t he vo lume of y our keypad tones (or tu rn them off). War ni ng t on es > On or Off âÂÂSet warning and co nfirmation tones. Alert for âÂÂDefine w hich caller groups the selected profile will accept or decline. See âÂÂCaller groupsâÂÂ, p. 34. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 51 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 52 â Time and date settings Clock In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Time and date > Cloc k > Show clock or Hide clo ck , Set t he time , Time zone or Time format . Date In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Time and date > Date > Show date or Hide date , Set the date , Date format , or Date separator . Date and time auto-update Auto-update is a network servic e. See âÂÂNetwork servic esâÂÂ, p. viii. If your network operator supports this feature, you ca n all ow the d igi tal netw or k to set th e cl ock, w hich is us efu l when you are out of yo ur home area, for instance when y ou have tr avel ed to ano ther network or tim e zone. In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Time and date > Auto- update of date & tim e > On , Co nfirm first , or Off . If you use th e Auto-update of date & time option wh ile outside your digital network, you m ay be prompted to enter the time m anually. Network tim e will replace the tim e and date when you reenter your digit al network. If your battery has been removed or has discharged outside the digital network, you may be prompt ed to enter t he time manually ( when the battery is replaced or recharged, and you are still outside of th e digital network). â Call settings Anykey answer Anykey an swer e nables y ou to answer an incoming call. Briefly press any ke y except the right selection or end key. In st andby mode, selec t Menu > Settings > Call > Anykey answer > On or Off . Automatic re dial Occas ionally, you r net work ma y experience heavy traffic, resulti ng in a fast busy si gna l when yo u dia l. With automatic redial activated, your device redials the number (number of times is specified by the network), and notifies you w hen the netw ork is available. In st andby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Automatic re dial > On or Off . Speed dials You can activ ate or deactivate s peed dials. I n standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Speed dials > On or Off . See âÂÂSet up spe ed dial sâ , p. 34. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 52 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 53 O p e n f o l d t o a n s w e r By default, your phone answers an incoming ca ll when you open the fold. You can c hange the default setting so your phone does no t answer calls with the fold open. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Answer when fold is opened > On or Off . Calling card If you use a callin g card for long distance c alls, you can save the calling card numbers in your de vice. Your devi ce ca n s tor e up t o fo ur ca lli ng cards. Contact y our calling card company for more information. Save information 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Callin g card . 2. En ter you r lo ck c ode, and sele ct OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. 3. Scroll to one of the four card memory locations , and select Options > Edit > Dialling sequence and one of the following sequence types: Access no. phone n o. card no. â Dial t he acc ess num ber, t he ph one number, th en the c ard number ( and the PIN, if required). Access no. card no. phone no. â Dial t he acc ess num ber, t he car d number (and the PIN, if required), then t he ph one n umber. Prefix phone no. card no. âÂÂD ial the prefix (numbers that must prece de the p hone n umber ) and phone number you wan t to dial, then the c ard num ber ( and th e PIN, if required). 4. Enter the re quired inform ation (access number or prefix and card number), and select OK to con fi rm your entries. 5. S el ect Card name , enter th e card name, and select OK . Make ca lls After you have saved yo ur calling card information in your device, you can make a call us ing your calling card. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 53 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 54 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Cal l > Calling card . 2. Enter your lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 6 1. 3. Select your desired calling card. 4. Press the end key to return to standby mode; then enter the phone number, including any prefix (such as 0 or 1) that you r calling card may require whe n you make a calling card call. See you r calling card for instructions 5. Press and hold the call key for a few secon ds un til Card call is displayed. 6. When you he ar the tone or system mess age, se lect OK . Data or fax calls Data and fax calling is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork serv icesâÂÂ, p. v iii. If your network operator supports this feature, you can set up the devic e to send or receive data and fax calls with a terminal, such as a PDA or PC, connecte d. For better performance during data calls, place the device on a stationary surface. Do not move the device or hold it in your han d during a data call. For more info rmation on connect ivity, refer to the PC/PDA Conn ectivity Guide which can be downl oaded from the Nokia website at www.nokia-as ia.com. 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Call > Data/fax calls > Incom ing data/fax call and one of the follo wing options: Normal âÂÂThe device re ceives incoming ca lls as usual. Data calls only âÂÂThe d evi ce re cei ves only data calls . Fax cal ls only âÂÂThe device receive s only fax calls. 2. When finishe d with receiving th e fax or data call, repeat steps 1 and 2, an d se lect Normal . Data transf er You can view th e transmission s peed when sending or receiving data and fax calls. In standb y mode, select Menu > Sett ings > Call > Data/fax calls > Data rate display > Graphic or Off . Call summary Your dev ice can d is pla y the tim e spen t on a cal l when you ha ng up . In sta ndby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Call summary > On or Off . Ringing tone for no calle r ID You can select a different ringing tone for calls received w ith no caller ID. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > R inging tone for no caller ID > On or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 54 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 55 International prefix You can store an international diallin g prefix into your device. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Call > Internation al prefix . In standby mode, when you ent er (press * twice) at the beginning of a phone num ber, your device aut omatically inserts the international dia lling prefix that you have s tored after you pre ss the call key. See âÂÂInsert dialling code sâÂÂ, p. 28. â Phone settings Phone language The phone language affects the time and date formats of the clock, alarm cloc k, a nd c alen dar . Memory status You can v iew the size of memory available on your device. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > Memory status . You can v iew the size of memory available for application installations. In standby mode, select Menu > Extras > Mem ory . Automatic keyguard You c an se t th e ke ypad of your de vice to lock automatically after a preset time de lay. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > Automatic keyguard > On or Off . 2. If you selec t On , Set d elay: is displayed. 3. Enter the delay tim e (in mm:ss format), and select OK . When ke yguard is on, it ma y be poss ible to dial the emerge ncy number programmed into your device. DTMF to nes DTMF tones are the tones that soun d when yo u press the keys on y our device keypad. You can use DTMF tone s for many automated dial-up services such as banking and airlines or for entering your voice mailbox num ber and password. DTMF tones are sent during an active call. You c an send them m anually from your dev ice keypad, or s end them automatica lly by saving them in your device. Set type In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > DTMF tones > Manual DTMF t ones and one of the following options: Continuou s âÂÂSet the t one soun d for as long as you press and hold a key. Fixe d âÂÂSend tones of the duration you specify in th e DTMF tone length option . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 55 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 56 Off âÂÂTurn off tones. No tone s are sent when you pres s a key. Set length You can speci fy DTMF tone length for the Fixed option. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Phone > DTMF tones > DTMF tone length > Short (0.1 seconds) or Long (0. 5 seconds) . Start-up tone You can select to ha ve a start-up tone when you first turn on your device. In st andby mode, selec t Menu > Settings > Phone > Start-up tone > On or Off . Help tex t acti vati on Your device displays brief descriptions for most menu items. When you arrive at a featu re or menu, pause for abou t 14 seconds, an d wait for the help text to be displayed. If necessary, use the scroll key to page through the full help text. The default se tting for help text is On . Howeve r, you can turn help tex t on or off. In stan dby mo de, selec t Menu > Settings > Phone > He lp t ext activation > On or Off . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 56 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 57 â Connectivity Infrared You can s et up the phone to rec eive data through its IR port. To use an IR connect ion, transmission and reception must be to or from an IR compatible phon e or device. You can send or re ceive dat a such as bu siness cards, gra phics, images, sound clips , music files, videos, and calendar notes to or from a compatible phone or data devi ce (s uch as a compu ter ) us ing t he IR port of your phone. Do not point the IR (infrared) beam at anyoneâÂÂs eye or allow it to interfere with other IR devices. This device is a Class 1 laser product. Send and receive data 1. Ensure that the IR ports of the sending and receiving de vices are pointing at each other and that there are no obstructions between the device s. The preferable distance between the two devices in an IR connection is from 3 inches to 3 fe et. 2. To act ivat e I R in your p hon e, sel ect Menu > Settin gs > Connectivity > Infrared . 3. The user of the other device must activate IR as well. If data transfe r is not started within 2 minutes after the activation of the IR port, the connection is cancelled and must be restarted. Connection indicator ⢠When is shown continuous ly, the IR connect ion is activated a nd your phone is ready to send or receive data using its IR port. ⢠When blinks, your phone is trying to conn ect to the other device or a connection has been lost. â V o ice commands and voice tags Before using voice tags, note the following: ⢠Voice tags are not language- dependent, but depend on the speake râÂÂs voice. ⢠Yo u mu st sa y t he n ame ex actl y a s you said it when you recorded it. ⢠Voice tags are sensitive to backgrou nd noise. Record voice tags, and use them in a quiet enviro nment. ⢠Very sh ort names are not acce pted. Use long names, a nd avoid similar names for different numbers. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 57 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 58 Note: Using voice tags may be difficult in a noisy envi ronm ent o r du ring an emergenc y, so you should not rely on voice diallin g in all circum stance s. Hands-free operation You can s et as many as 16 voic e commands to e nable hands-free operation of certain fe atures in your device. Assign a voi ce tag to a command Before using vo ice commands, you must first add a voi ce tag to the device function. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > V oice com mands . 2. Select the device function you wan t to ta g: Profiles , Voi ce mailbox , Radio , Infrare d , Voi c e recorder or Call register . 3. If necessary, select an option associat ed with that fu nction. 4. Select Add , and speak the voice t ag clea rly i nt o the mi cro phone. Do n ot selec t Qui t unless you w ant to cancel the recording. The device replays and saves the recorded tag. appe ars next to commands w ith voice tags assigne d. Activate a voice command After you have asso ciated a voice t ag with a function in y our device, to iss ue a comma nd, speak the voice tag. 1. In standby mode, press and hold the ri ght sel ect ion ke y or voi ce key . 2. With Speak now displayed, pro nounce th e voice tag clea rly into the mic rophone. With the voic e tag found, the de vice displays Foun d: , and plays the recognised voice tag through the earpiece. The function you requested is activated. Options After you have asso ciated a voice t ag to a command, you can select one of the following options: Playback âÂÂListe n to the voice comma nd tag. Change âÂÂChan ge th e voi ce c ommand . Delete âÂÂErase th e voi ce co mmand ta g. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 58 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 59 â Enhancement settings The en ha nceme nt s ettings me nu is shown only if the dev ice has been connect ed to a com patible enhanc ement . In standb y mode , sel ect Menu > Settings > Enh ancem ents > Headset , Textphone , or Charger . Headset Impor tant: The headset ma y affect your abilit y to hear sounds around y ou. Do not use t he heads et in situ ations that m ay enda nger your safety. Select the option of your ch oice to enter the subme nu and modify its settin gs. Default profil e âÂÂChoose the profile y ou want aut omatically activate d with a heads et connect ed. Automatic answer > On or Off â Answer calls aut omatically after one ring wit h a he ad set conn ect ed. Note: .Automatic a nswer will only be active whilst Gene ral profile is active. Hand s-fre e op eration Select the option of yo ur choice to enter t he subm enu and modify i ts settings. Default profile â Choose the profile you want autom atically activate d with your dev ice connec ted to a car kit. Automatic answe r > On or Off â Answer cal ls automatically after one ring with a car kit connec ted. Note: .Automa tic answer will only be active whilst Gene ra l profile is active. Lights > On or Automatic âÂÂChoose to keep the de vice l ights al ways on, or to shut off aut omatically after sev eral seconds. Charger Select the option of yo ur choice to enter t he subm enu and modify i ts settings. Default profile â Choose the profile you want autom atically activate d with your devi ce connected to th e charger. Lights >On or Automatic âÂÂC hoose to keep the de vice l ights al ways on, or to shut off aut omatically after sev eral seconds. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 59 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 60 â Security settings When first accessing th e security settings, enter the preset lock code. The default settin g for lock code is 12345. Depe nding on your wireless service provider or network operator, the preset lock code can be a five digit number su ch as 12345 or 000 00. If none of these work , contact your wireless service provide r or network operator for help. Phone lock The phone lock feature protects your device from unautho rised outgoing calls or unauthoris ed access to information s tored in the device . With phone lo ck ac ti vate d, Phone locked is displaye d each time you turn your device on or off. With the de vice locked, calls may still be possible to the official emergency number programmed into y our device. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, an d select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 6 1. 3. Select Phone lock and one of the following options: Off â Immediately turns off the device l ock feature . Lock now â Immediately t urns on the de vice l ock fea ture. On po we r-up âÂÂTurns on the device lock fea ture the next time you turn the dev ice on. With Lock now selected, you m ust enter your lock code before the d evice can functi on normally. With th e lock code accepted, your device functions normally. Call not allowed is displayed if you attempt to plac e a call with you r device lock ed. To ans wer a call with phone lock on, select Answer , or press the call key. Allow numbers With phone lock on, the only outg oing calls you can make are to the emerge ncy n umber progra mmed i nto your device (for example, 11 1 or 000 or 911) or the nu mber stored in the Allowed no. when phone locked location: 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Se curity . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. 3. Select Allowed no. âÂÂs (numbers) whe n phone l ocked . With an empty folder se lect ed, sele ct A ssign , and enter the p hone number ; or sele ct Assign > Search to recall th e number from yo ur contacts list. Select OK . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 60 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 61 To ca ll the allowed p hone num ber, in standby mode, scroll down to highlight the n umber y ou want to call, o r enter i t on the keyp ad; p ress t he call k ey to plac e the call. Change lock code The preset lock code, by default, is the last five digits of your phone number. Depending on your wireless service provider or network operator, the preset lock code can be a five digit number su ch as 12345 or 000 00. If none of thes e work, contac t your wireless service provider or network operator for help. To ensure the security of your devic e, you m ay wan t t o chan ge the p rese t lock code to your own sele cte d fi ve digit numbe r. Avoid using cod es similar to eme rgency n umbers su ch as 1 11 or 000 or 911 to prev ent accidenta l dialling of the emerge ncy number. If you enter an incorre ct lock code five times in a r ow, you r de vice may a sk yo u for the security code. By default, the security code is 12345, a five digit numb er. Note: With the w rong lock code entered five times in succession, your phone will not accept your corre ct lock code for 5 minutes , even if you power off the device between incorrect e ntries. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, and sele ct OK . 3. S el ect Change lock co de . 4. Enter the new loc k code (must be 4 characters i n length ). 5. Reenter the new lock code for verification , and select OK . When cha nging you r lock code, ma ke sure you st ore it in a safe place, away from your device. Avoid entering access code s similar to emergency number s to preven t acci dent al emerge ncy call s. Call restrictions Select call restric tions to block or allow numbers for incomin g and outgoing calls. With any numbers ente red as allowed numbers , all those entered as blocked numbers are ignored. With a number blocked, the phone block s any call from it, and send the caller to the voice m ail. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, and sele ct OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. 3. S el ect Call re strictions . 4. Select the types of calls you want to restrict: Restrict ou tgoing calls âÂÂSe t restrictions on makin g calls. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 61 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 62 Restrict incomi ng calls âÂÂSet restrictions on receiv ing calls. 5. Select whether to block or allow numbers: Blocked numbers âÂÂSet the numbers the phone can only block , allowing all t he r est . Allowed numbers âÂÂSet t he num bers the phone can only call or receive, blocking all the rest. 6. Select one of the se options : Select , Add restricti on (unavailable wit h memory ful l), Edit (unavailable with no num ber ad ded) , or Delete (unavailable with no number added). Note: With restricted calls, you may still ca ll the official emerge ncy n umber programmed into your device. Voice privacy Voice privacy is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork servic esâÂÂ, p. viii. If your wireless service provide r or network operator supports t his feature, the voice privacy feature protects the privacy of your current phone conversation from ot her callers placing phon e ca lls on your sa me n etwo rk . 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Security . 2. Enter the lock code, an d select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 6 1. 3. Select V oice priv acy > On or Off . â Application settings 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Application settings . 2. Scroll to one of the following submen us to activate options for preset or downloaded games or applications. Application sou nds > On or Off Application lights > A pp. defined or Def ault Application vibration > On or Off â Network The menu opti ons you see in your device depend on your netw ork operatorâÂÂs netwo rk. The network determine s which options actually appear in the device menu. Check with your network operator for more information. The Network menu en ables you to personalise the way your device chooses a network in which to ope rate while you are within or outside of your primary or home sys tem. Your device is set t o search for th e most c ost- effective network. If yo ur device cannot find a preferred network , it selects a network automatically based on the option you choose in th e Network menu. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 62 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 63 Roaming options You can set your device to roam or search for another ne twork when you are not in yo ur home area. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Network > Roam ing options and one of the following options: Automatic âÂÂTh e device automatically searches for serv ice in another digit al network. W ith no service found, the device uses analog service. The roaming rate applies when not in th e home servi ce are a. 2. S ele ct OK , if necessary, to confirm the activation. Mode You can c hoose whether yo ur device uses di git al or an al og s erv ic e. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Network > Mode and one of the following service options: Digital only âÂÂT he device only works in digital mode . â Network services The following features are network services. See âÂÂNetwork serv icesâÂÂ, p. vii i. Store a feature code 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Network s ervices > Network feature setting . 2. Enter the fe ature code fro m your network operator (for example, *633), and selec t OK . 3. Select the type of service that mat che s th e fe at ure code you entered (for example, Call dive rt ). The activated feature code is now stor ed in yo ur d evi ce, and you a re returned to the Feature code: field. Continue ente ring other feature codes (for example, *633), or press the end key to return to standby mode. When you enter a network feature code suc cessf ully, th e featu re beco mes vis ible in the Network servic es menu . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 63 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Settings 64 Call divert Call divert tel ls your network to redirect incoming c alls to another number. Ca ll divert is a network servic e and may not w ork the same in all networ ks, so conta ct your net work operator for availability. Activa te The following options m ay not all appear in t he display. Contact your network operator for more information. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Settings > Net work services > Call divert > Activate . 2. Enter the numbe r to which your calls, data, or other informa tion will be diverted, and s elect OK . Cance l In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Settings > Network services > Call divert > Cancel all diverts . Cancel all diverts may affe ct your ability to receive voice mail messages. Contact your network operator for specific details . â Restore factory settings You can rese t some of the menu settings to their origina l values. Data that you have entered or downloade d is not deleted (for example, entries in your cont acts list are not affected) . 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Settings > Restore settings . 2. Enter the lock code, and select OK . See âÂÂChange lock codeâÂÂ, p. 61. Note: Depending on y our wireless service provider or network o perator, your dev ice may sometime s ask you for the secu rity code ( default ed to 12345) ins tead of the lock code. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 64 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 65 11 . O r g a n i s e r Your device contains feature s to help organise your eve ryday life, including an alarm clock, calendar, notes, to-do list, calcu lator, countdown timer, and stopwatch. â Alarm clock If the alar m time arrives with the device s witched off, the d evice switch es itself on and starts sounding the alarm to ne. If yo u select Stop , the device a sks wheth er you want to activate the device for calls. Select No to switch off the device or Yes to make and receive calls. Do not select Ye s when wir eless ph one us e may c ause interference or danger. Set or change alarm setting The alarm clock depends on the device clock which soun ds an alert anytime you s pecify. It even works with the device turne d off. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm time > On . 2. Enter the time fo r the alarm in hh:mm format. 3. S el ect am or pm (w ith 12 -hour format selected), and select OK . Alarm on appears briefly in the display, and appears in standby mode. Repeat alar m You can s et the alarm to repea t. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Repeat alarm > On / Off or Re petition days . Select to choose. Set t he alar m tone You can s et which tone to play w hen the alarm sounds. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm tone > Standard , Radio , or Open Gallery to choose th e tone yo u want to use. If you set you r alarm to Radio , use an accessory that su pports FM ster eo. Snooze time-out To set the alarm snooze time , select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Snooze time-out > 5 minutes , 10 minutes , 15 minutes , 3 0 minutes , 60 minutes , or Othe r (to enter up to 60 min ut es sn ooz e time ). 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 65 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Organiser 66 Alarm conditions When the alarm soun ds, your de vice beeps, vibrates (if vibrating alert is on for currently active profile) , and the display lights up . With the de vice on, select Stop to s hut the alarm off or Snooze . Wit h Snooze selected, t he alarm stops for 10 minutes, or the sele cted duration, and Snooze on appears in t he display. If you do n ot p ress a ke y, t he ala rms stops (snoozes) for 10 min utes, then sounds aga in. You can also select Menu > Organiser > Alarm clock > Snooze time-o ut to reset the sn ooze time. Turn an alarm off In stan dby mode, select Me n u > Organiser > Alarm clock > Alarm time > Off . â Calendar The calendar ke eps track of reminders, calls you need to ma ke, meetings, and birthdays. It can even sound an al arm for any of these events. Monthly view provides an overview of the selected mon th and weeks, enabling you to jump t o a specific da te. Any days or dates that appear in bold font contain calendar notes such as a meetin g or r emin der. Open In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calendar , or press the right scroll key. Scroll to move the cursor in some ca lendar views. Go to a date 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Organiser > Calendar > Op tio ns > Go to date . 2. Enter the da te (dd:mm:yyy y), and selec t OK . Note a spec ific date You can apply five types of notes to your c alendar. Your d evice asks for further information depen ding on whic h not e you choos e. You als o have the opti on t o set an al arm f or an y not e you s elect. 1. Enter the da te for which you want to set a reminder. See âÂÂGo to a dateâÂÂ, p. 66. 2. From the mont hly vie w ( with the go-to date highlight ed), select Opti ons > Make a note and one of the fo llow ing note types : Meeting âÂÂEnter a subject, l ocat ion, and a start and end da te and time. Call âÂÂEnter a phone number, a name, and the date and time . Birthday âÂÂEnter th e personâÂÂs name, date and year of birth. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 66 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 67 Memo âÂÂEnter a su bject and a s tart and end date. Reminder âÂÂEnter the su bject and date of your reminde r. You are given the option to set an alarm. 3. Enter your note, and select Save . View note s (day view) After you have created calenda r notes, you can v iew them. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . 2. Scroll to the date containing the note that appears in bold type, and sele ct View . Options while view ing a list of notes 1. Sele ct Options while viewing a dayâÂÂs note to dis play the following: The options listed below are available while vie wing the header of a note. Make a note âÂÂCreate a n ew note for the selected date. Delete âÂÂDelet e the n ote. Edit âÂÂEdit the note . Move âÂÂMove the note to another date on your cale ndar. Repeat âÂÂSet th e note (exce pt for birthday note) to recur on a regular basis (daily, weekly, biweekly , monthly, and ye arly). Go to dat e âÂÂJump to another date on your calendar. Go to today âÂÂJum p to the current date on your cale ndar. Send note âÂÂSend th e note to another dev ice as a t ext message or in calendar-to-c alendar format by way of multim edia messages or SMS. Cop y âÂÂCopy the note for you to paste to another date. Settings âÂÂSet the da te and time, date and tim e format, the da y each week st arts and whethe r you want your notes to autode lete after a specified time. Go to to-do list âÂÂJump to the to-d o list on your calendar. 2. Select an option to activate it or enter i ts submenu . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 67 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Organiser 68 Send a note 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calendar . 2. Scroll to th e date that appears in bold type, containin g the note you want t o send, an d select Vie w . 3. Scroll to the note you want to send , and selec t Opt ions > Send note > Send as message ( Tex t message or Multimedia msg. ), Via calendar , o r Via infrared . 4. If y ou select Via c alendar , enter the number for the recipient, or select Search to retrieve a number from the conta cts list; select OK . 5. If you s elect Send as message ( Te xt message or Multimedia msg. ), the note appears as a text message in the display . â¢S e l e c t Send to > Send to number , Send to many , or Send to distrib. list . ⢠Enter the num ber for the recipient, or select Search to retrieve a number from the contacts list; select Send . Receive calendar notes When yo u receive a calenda r note in calendar-to-calendar format, your device di splays Calendar not e received . ⢠To view calenda r notes, select Show , and if nece ssary, scroll to view the entire messag e. ⢠To save cale ndar notes a fter viewing , select Opti ons > Save . ⢠To discard calendar notes after viewing , select Exit or Options > Dis car d . When yo u receiv e a calenda r note or text message , a message notification appears in standby mode. You can save the note in your calendar and set an alarm for any date and time. â Notes You can write and s ave information in Notes an d se nd n ote s us ing multimedia or text me ssage. In st andby mode, selec t Menu > Organiser > Notes . With no notes created, sele ct Add no te , create you r note, and select Save wh en do ne. W ith notes already c reated, highlight the note you want to u se, and select View to read or Opti ons > Make a note , Delete , Ed it , Send note ( Send as message or Via multimedia ), or Delete all notes . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 68 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 69 â To-do li st Use the to-do list feature to keep track of your tasks. You can save a note for a task, select a priority level for the note and mark it as done when you have complete d it. You can sort the notes by priority or by date. Add a to-do note 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > To-do list . 2. If there are no notes, sel ect A dd note . 3. Enter th e subject of the to-do no te, and select Save . 4. Sele ct High , Medium , or Lo w priority. 5. Enter the d ue date and time to set the alarm. View a to-do note 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > To-do list . 2. Highlight a to-do note, and select Optio ns and one o f the follo wing: Add âÂÂAdd another n ote. Delete âÂÂDelet e the n ote. Mark note as done or Mark as not done âÂÂM ark a not e or ta sk a s completed or not; if comple ted, no more reminders will follow . Sort by deadline âÂÂSort the note s according to the ir deadline. Send âÂÂSend the not e to another device, as a text or multim edia message, or as a c alendar note to another compat ible device. Go to calendar âÂÂLeave th e to-do list, and go to the calendar. Save to calendar âÂÂSave th e to- do note to a date on your calendar. Delete done note s âÂÂDelet e al l the completed to-do not es. Delete all notes âÂÂDelete all the to-do notes in the list. 3. Vie w the to-do note, and select Edit to edit th e note or Options to select from the following: Deadline âÂÂSet a deadli ne for the note, listing any unc ompleted notes if existing. Mark note as done or Mark as not done âÂÂMark a note or task as completed or not; if co mpleted, no more reminders will follow. Delete âÂÂDelet e the n ote. Edit priority âÂÂCh ange the priority to high, medium, or low. Send âÂÂSend the not e to another device, as a text or multim edia message, or as a c alendar note to another compat ible device. Go to calendar âÂÂLeave th e to-do list, and go to the calendar. Save to calendar âÂÂSave th e to- do note to a date on your calendar. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 69 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Organiser 70 â Calculator The calculator in your device adds, subtracts, multiplie s, divides, calculate s the square an d the square root, changes the sign of the number enter ed , and conv erts cur re ncy va lues . Note: This calculator, designed for simple calcu lations, has limited a ccuracy. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Calculator . 2. Ente r the first number in the calculation. Press # for a decima l point if necessary. To change the sign, selec t Options > Change sign , or scroll up or down. To perform a square or square root calculation, select Opt ions > Square or Square root . To cycle through th e add ( ), subtract (-), multiply (*), and divide (/) ch aract ers, p ress *. 3. En ter the second numbe r in your calculation. 4. Sele ct Equals to complete calculation or Optio ns if more functio ns are req uired . Currency converter You can convert fo reign currency t o domes tic, or vice versa , directly in standby mode or from the Calculator menu. Note: When you change base currency, you must enter the new rates beca use all previously set exchange rates are set to zero. 1. In stand by mo de, se lect Menu > Organiser > Calculator > Opti ons > Exchange rate > Foreign units in dom estic units or Domest ic units in foreign un its . Forei gn units in domestic units â The number of dome stic units cost to make one u nit of foreign curr enc y. Domest ic units in foreign units â The num ber of foreign units cost to make one unit of your dom estic curr enc y. 2. Enter t he excha nge ra te (pres s # to insert a decimal) , and select OK . 3. I n stan dby mod e, enter th e currency amount to be conve rted. 4. Se lect Opt ion s > In domestic or In foreign . In domestic âÂÂcon verts foreign currency to domestic currency. In foreign âÂÂconvert s domestic currency to foreign currency. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 70 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 71 5. If yo u do not ent er a n ex chan ge rate, the device will prom pt you to do so. Select OK . You can edi t the exchange rat e at anytime. â Countdown timer The countdo wn timer in your device enables you to e nter a specific tim e (up to 99 hours and 59 minutes). Wh en the time runs ou t, your device sounds an alarm. Note: The co untdown timer only works when the device is on. When you tu rn off your device, the time r is no longer active. Set the time r 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Timer > Normal ti mer , Interval timer , o r Settings . Normal timer meas ur es the countdown tim e for tasks that have one period (timer name). Interval timer saves sets of coun td own ti mes wi th m ore tha n one period. 2. Enter the time ( in hh:mm :ss format), and select OK . 3. Enter a note for th e timer, and sele ct Start . appears in standby mode with the countdown timer set. When the time runs out, your device sounds an alarm, displays the time r note, vibrates (if set), a nd flashes its li ghts. Press any key during the alarm to stop the alar m. After 30 seconds th e timer alert stops autom atically. Change the time After you have set the time r, you can chan ge the ti me. 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organ iser > Timer > C hange time . 2. Enter the new time , and select OK . 3. Leav e the note as it was, or enter a new note; s elect Sta rt . Inte rrupt th e timer After you have set the time r, you can stop the timer. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Timer > Stop timer . â Stopwatch You can us e the stopwatch in your device to trac k time. The stopwa tch displays time in hours, minutes, seconds, and fractions of a seco nd in hh:mm:ss:s form at. Using the stopwatch or allowing it to run in the background when using other features inc reases the demand on battery power and reduces the battery life. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 71 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Organiser 72 Measure ti me 1. In standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch > Split timing or Lap t iming > Start . Th e running time is displaye d. Split timing âÂÂYo u ca n us e the s pl it time function for such things as a long dista nce race when yo u need to pace yourself. Select Split to note the lapsed time . The timer continues to run and the split time appears below the running time. Each time you se lect Split , the new measured time appears at the beginning of the list. Lap timing âÂÂYou can use t he la p time function w hen you want to track how long it takes to complete each cyc le or lap. Sele ct Lap to note the lap time. The clock stops, then starts immediat ely from zero. The lap time appears below the running time. Each time you select Lap , the ne w measured time appears at the beginning of the list. 2. Sele ct Stop to end the timing and display the total time or Stop > Options > Start or Re set to continue or reset ti ming. Lap and sp lit tim es To save a time while the clock is running, select Stop > Sav e , e nter a name for the m easur ement, an d sel ect OK . I f you do not enter a name, the total time is us ed as the default tit le for the lap or split time. To view a saved time, in standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Stopwatch > Show last time or View times . To delete a saved time from Stopwatch , sele ct View time s and the time to delet e, and select Delete > Yes ; or select Delete tim es > O ne by one or Delete all . Operation note If you pres s the end ke y and return to standby mode, the clock continues to run in the background, and appears in the upper left corner. To return to the stopwatch s creens, in standby mode, select Menu > Organiser > Stop watch > C ontinue . To s top the clo ck, sele ct Stop . 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 72 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Org ani se r 73 Opt ion s You can c hoose the following option s when y ou use th e stopw atch : Continue âÂÂAppea rs when th e stopwatch is working in the background. Show last time â Appears when you have save d a split or lap time and displays the last time saved. Split timing âÂÂAs ks if you want to discontinu e previous timing. Lap timing â Asks if you want to discontinu e previous timing. View time s âÂÂEnables you to browse the saved times. Delete t imes âÂÂEnable s you to delete any sa ved times . You can delet e the saved times one by one or all at once. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 73 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Mobile web 74 12. Mobil e web Minibrowser is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork servic esâÂÂ, p. viii. Your device has a built-in browser you can use to connec t to selecte d services on the mobil e internet . If your network operator supports t his feature, then you can view weather re ports, che ck news or flight time s, view financial information, and muc h more. The web browser on your device can display WAP-based content. Your device may have some bookmarks loaded for sites not affilia ted with Nokia. Nokia does not warrant or endorse these sites. If you choose to acce ss them , you sho uld ta ke the same precautions, for security or con tent, as you wou ld with any int ernet site. The security icon does not indicate that t he data trans mission be tween the gatew ay and the c ontent server (or place w here th e req uested resour ce is stored) is secure. The network operator secures the data transmission between the gate way and the co ntent server. â Mobile Internet access Because mobile Int ernet content is designed to be viewed from your device, your network ope rator is now your mobile Internet service provider as well. It is likely th at your network operator has created a home page and set up your browser to go to this page when you log on to the mobile Inte rnet. At your service providerâÂÂs home page, you may find links to a num ber of other sites. It should not be nec essary to manually configure the brow ser on your de vice. Normally this is done by yo ur network operator after you subscribe to the feature. C ontact your netw ork operator if you have problems u sing the browser. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 74 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Mobile web 75 â Sign on In standby mode, select Menu > Mobile web > Minibro wser > Con nect or the operator provided menu item. After a brief pause, your device attem pts to connect to your ne twork operatorâÂÂs home page. If you receive an error mess age, your d evice may not be set up for browsing. C ontact your network operator to ma ke sure that your device is configured prope rly. â Navigate the mobile Internet Since your device screen is much smaller than a computer s creen, mobile I nternet content is displa yed differently t han you m ay be accustomed to seei ng. Thi s sect ion contain s guidelines for using the keys to nav iga te a WAP si te. Phone keys ⢠Press the power key to di splay the minibrowser home scree n. ⢠Scroll up or down to browse the WAP site. ⢠Sel ect an item . ⢠To enter letters and numbers, press a ke y fro m 0â 9. ⢠To enter special characters, press *. Receive a call while online If your data conn ection is not activ e, you may still be able to receive a voice call while using th e WAP browser. ⢠To answer the incom ing call, press the call key. ⢠To reject the incomin g call, press the en d key (a carri er-de pen dent feature). While in th e voice call, you are not able to load new pages in the browser. Note: If your data conn ection is active, the incoming calls are automatically diverted to voice mail, depending on your carrier. Make an emergency call while online You can e nd your data co nnection an d make an emerg enc y ca ll. 1. To close your mobile Inte rnet conne ctio n, press th e end key . 2. Press the end k ey as many times as needed to c lear th e di splay and ready the device for calls. 3. Enter th e emerge ncy nu mber for your pres ent l oca tion ( for examp le, 111 or 000 or 911). E mergency numbers vary by location. 4. Press th e call ke y. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 75 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Mobile web 76 Clear the ca che and disconnect A cache is a mem ory location that is used to store data temporarily. If you have tried to access or have accessed confidential inform ation requiring passwords, empty the cache aft er each use. The information or servic es you have ac cessed ar e stored i n the c ache. To emp ty the cac he w hile in the browser menu, sele ct Navigate > Adva nced > Clear > Cache fro m the home page. To clear the cache and power off your device, press and hold the pow er key. To close your mobile in ternet connection wh ile browsing, press the end ke y. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 76 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Extr as 77 13. Extras Challenge yourself or a friend to one of the fun games in your device . Some menus list ed are net work servic es. Con tact your ne twork ope rat or fo r more information. To download game s or applications, sele ct either the Games or Colle ction menu. â Gam es In standby mode, select Menu > Extras > Games to display the ga mes on your device. â Collection Collecti ons is a network service. See âÂÂNetwork servicesâÂÂ, p. viii . If your network operator supports th is feature, you will find us eful applications pre-installed on your device. Also, you can manage and download new Java applications that ma y be offered by your network ope rator. An application may requ ire a few seconds to load. W hen you open an application, wa it for the launch screen to disappear. At that point, the application is ready. In standby mode, select Menu > Extras > Collection and an application. Note: Only install applic ations from sources that offer adequate protection against harmful software. â Memory You can vie w the size of memory available for games or application installatio ns. In standby mode, select Menu > Ex tras > Memory . Note: Only install applic ations from sources that offer adequate protection against harmful software. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 77 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
PC conne ctivit y 78 14. PC con nectiv ity â USB data transfer You can trans fer data such as mu sic, photos, and videos from your device to a compatible PC or from a compati ble PC to you r device using a DKU-2 USB data cable or the CA-53 data cable. The cabl e is connecte d to your device correctly w hen the arrowhead points toward the display screen. Disconnect the USB data cable from the device to make a call. Transfer with Windows Explorer It is possible to use Windows Explorer to transfer music, photo, and video files to your device and from you r device to yo ur PC. 1. Conne ct your PC and your device with a DKU -2 USB cable. Data enhanc ement c onnec ted is displayed on your device. 2. Open Windows Explorer. Your device appears as a lo cal drive (named by Nok ia 61 55) with a drive letter assigned to it. 3. Click on th e folders to display a window that shows the contents of the folder on the de vice. 4. Open a secon d inst ance of Windows Explorer, and display the contents of the folder on your PC where you ha ve MP3 files, photo files, or video files stored. 5. Se lect the files on your PC that you want to tran sfer to the device . 6. D rag and drop the files from the second window into the first window, and place them in a folder. 7. T he files are transf erred to the device and can be played or accessed by t he me dia pl ayer. If you select files that require more memory tha n the memory capac ity of the device, an error note is displayed. Deselect some of the file s u nt il the se lec ted fi les fi t th e memo ry . 8. D isconnect the US B cable. â Nokia PC Suite Nokia PC Suite software is available for the Nokia 6155 phones. Nokia PC Suite is a collection of powerful tools th at you can use to m anage yo ur device features and data. Each component is a separate program that includes online helps. Nokia PC Suite software, installation inst ructions, and other documentation, which are provided 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 78 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
PC conne ctivit y 79 free of charge and can be downloaded from the software downloads of the Nokia web s ite: www.n oki a-asi a.co m. Some of the features in yo ur device require netwo rk support. Contact your network operator for a vailability and configurat ion instructions. ⢠Noki a Imag e Conver ter ma kes images usable for multim edia messages or wallpapers and transfers the m to your device . ⢠Nokia Sound Converter edits polyphonic ringing tones to be compatible with y our device and transfers the m to your device . ⢠Nokia Content Copier copies information or backs up information from yo ur device to the PC or to another compatible Nokia de vice. ⢠Nokia Phone Editor sends text messag es and edits the cont act directory and m essa ge settings of your de vice. ⢠Nokia PC Sync synchronises the contacts directory and calendar between your device and a compatible PC. ⢠Nokia Conne ction Manage r selects the connec tion type betwee n the PC and the device. ⢠Nokia Phone Browser copies images and tones from your device to your PC a nd vice versa. Copyright protection may prevent some images, ring tones, and other content from being co pied, modified, transferred, or forwarded. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 79 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Enhanc ements 80 15. Enhancements Check the model number of any charger before use with this device. This device is inte nded for use when supplied with power from AC-3 or AC-4. Warning: Use only batteries, chargers and enhanc ements approved by Nokia for use with this partic ular model. The us e of any other type s may invalidate any approval or warranty, and may be dangerous. For ava ilability of appro ved enha ncemen ts, pleas e check wit h your de aler. A few pr actical r ules about accessori es and enhance ments : ⢠Keep all accessories and enhancem ents out of the reac h of small children. ⢠When you disconnect the power cord of any acc essory or enhancement, grasp and pull the plug, not the cord. ⢠Check regularly th at enhanceme nts installed in a vehic le are mounted and are operating properly. ⢠Installation of any complex car enhancements must be made by qualified personnel only. Power: ⢠Standard Li-Ion Batte ry (BL-6C) ⢠Standard Travel Charger (AC-3) ⢠Travel Charger (AC-4) ⢠Mobile Charger (DC-4) ⢠Charger Adapter (CA-44) 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 80 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Battery information 81 16. Battery information â Charging and discharging Your device is powered by a rechargeab le battery. The full performance of a new battery is achiev ed onl y aft er tw o or t hree complete c harge and discharge c ycles. The battery can be charged and discharged hundreds of times, but it will eventua lly wear out. When the talk and standby times are noticeably shorter than normal, replace the battery. Use only Nokia approved batteries, and recharge your battery only with Nokia approved chargers designated for t his device. If a replacement battery is being used for the first time or if the battery has not been used for a prolonged period, it may be neces sa ry to co nne ct th e charger then disconnect and re connect it to begin charging the battery. Unplug the char ger fr om the elec tri cal plug and the device when not in use. Do not leave a fully charged battery connect ed to a charger, sinc e overcharging may shorten its lifetime. If left unused, a fully ch arged battery will lose its ch arge over time. If the battery is comple tely discharged, it may take a few minute s before the charging indicator appears on the displ ay o r bef ore any call s ca n be mad e. Use the batte ry only for its intended purpose. Never use any charger or battery that is damaged. Do not short-circ uit the battery. Accidental s hort-circuiting can occur when a met allic object such as a coin, clip, or pen causes direct connection of the p ositiv e ( ) a nd nega tive (- ) terminals of the ba ttery. (These look like metal strips on the battery.) This might happe n, for example, when you carry a spare battery in your pocket or purse. Short-circuitin g the terminals may damage the battery or the connecting objec t. Leaving the batt ery in hot or cold places, such a s in a closed car in summer or winte r conditions, will reduce the capaci ty and lifetime of the battery. Alw ays try to keep the batte ry between 15ðC an d 25ðC (59ðF and 77ðF). A devic e with a hot or cold battery may not work temporarily, even when t he b atter y is full y c harged. Battery performanc e is particularly limited in tem peratures we ll below freezing. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 81 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Battery information 82 Do not dispose of batteries in a fire as they may explo de. Batte ries ma y also explode if damaged. Dispose of batteries according to loc al regulations. Please recycle when possible. Do not dispose as household wast e. â Nokia battery authentication guidelines Always use original Nok ia batteries for your safe ty. To check tha t you are getting an original Nokia battery, purchase it from an authorised Nokia dealer, look for t he Nokia Or iginal Enhancements logo on the packaging and inspect the holo gram label using the following steps: Successful c ompletion of the four steps is not a tota l assurance of the authen ticity of the battery. If you h ave any reason to believe that your battery is not an aut hentic original Nokia battery, you should refrain from using it, and take it to the neare st authorised Nokia service point or dealer for assistance . Your authori sed Nokia servic e poi nt o r de aler w ill i nspec t th e battery for au thenticity. If aut henticity cannot be verified, return the batte ry to the place of purchase. Authenti cate holo gram 1. W hen looking at the hologram on the label, you should s ee the Nokia connect ing hands symbol from one angle and the Nokia Origi nal Enhancements logo whe n looking from another angle . 2. W hen you angle the hologram left, rig ht, d own, an d up, y ou sh ould s ee 1, 2, 3, and 4 dots on each side respective ly. 3. Sc ratch the side of the label to reveal a 20-digit code, for example, 1234567 8919876543 210. Turn the batte ry so that th e num bers a re facing upwards. The 20-digit code reads starting from the num ber at the top row followed by the bottom row. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 82 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Battery information 83 4. Confirm that the 20-digit code is valid by following the in structions at www.nokiaoriginal s.com/check. To create a text messag e enter the 20-digit code, for example, 1234567 8919876543 210, and send to 44 77 86 200276. To create a text message, ⢠For countries in Asia Pacific , excluding In dia: Enter the 20-digit code, for example, 123456789 198765432 10, and send to 61 42 7151515. ⢠For India only: Enter Battery followed by the 20-digit batt ery code, for example, Battery 123456789 198765432 10, and send to 5555. National and international operator charges will ap ply. You should re ceive a message indicating whether the code can be authen ticated. If you nee d ass ist ance conf irm ing the battery code, contact your local Nokia Care Centres listed at www.no kia- asia. com/ carecentreloc ator. What if your batt ery is not authentic ? If you cann ot confirm that yo ur Nokia battery with the hologra m on the label is an authentic Nokia battery, please do not use the battery. Take it to the nea rest authorised N okia service point or dealer for ass istance. Th e use of a battery th at is not approved by the manufacturer may be dangerous and may result in poor performance and damage to your device and its enhanc ement s. It may als o inv alidat e any approval or warranty applying to the devic e. To find out more about original Nokia batter ie s, vis it www.nok iaori ginals .com/ba ttery. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 83 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Care and main tenance 84 17. Care and maintenance Your device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be treated wit h care. The suggestion s below will help you prot ect your warranty co verage. ⢠Keep the device dry. Precipitation, humidity, and all types of liquids or moisture ca n contain m inerals that will corrode electronic circuits. If your device does get wet, remove the battery, an d allow the device to dry completely be fore replacing it. ⢠Do not attempt to remove th e batt er y fro m th e de vic e. No kia recommends that you take the devi ce to the ne ares t auth or ise d service facility for replac ement of the bat tery. ⢠Do not use or store the device in dusty, d irty areas. It s moving parts and electronic components can be damaged. ⢠Do not store the device in hot areas. High temp eratu res c an shorten the li fe of elect ronic devices, damage batteries, and warp or melt certa in plastics. ⢠Do not store the device in cold areas. When the device returns to its normal temperat ure, moisture can form inside the device and damage electronic circuit boards. ⢠Do not attempt to open the de vice other than as inst ructed in this guide. ⢠Do not drop, knock, or shake the devi ce. Rough h andling can bre ak internal circuit boards and fine mech ani cs. ⢠Do not use harsh c hemicals, clean ing solvents, or strong detergen ts to cle an the devic e. ⢠Do not paint the device. Paint can clog the moving parts and prevent proper operation. ⢠Use a soft , clean, dry cloth to clean any len ses, such as ca mera, proximity sensor, and light sensor lenses. ⢠Use only the supplied or an approved replacement antenn a. Unauthorised anten nas, modifications, or attachments could damage the device and may violate regulations go verning radio devi ces. ⢠Use chargers indoors. ⢠Always create a backup of data you want to keep, such as c ontacts and calendar notes, before sendin g your device to a service facility. All of the above suggestions apply equally to yo ur device, battery, charg er, or any enhance ment. If any device is not work ing properly, take it to the neares t authorised servic e facility for servic e. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 84 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 85 18. Addit ional saf ety informat ion Your device and its enhance ments may contain sm all parts. Keep t hem out of the reach of small ch ildren. â Operating environment Remembe r to follow any special regulations in force in any area and alwa ys switch off yo ur device wh en its use is prohibited or when it ma y cause interference or danger. Use the device only in its norm al operating positions. This d evice meet s RF ex posur e guid elines w hen used either in the normal use position against the ea r or when positione d at least 2.2 c m (7/ 8 inches) aw ay from the body. When a carry case, belt clip or holder is used for body-worn operation, it should not contain metal and should po sition the device the above-stated distance from your body. In order to transmit data files or messages, this device requires a good quality con nection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be de layed until such a connecti on is avail able. En sure the above separation dist ance instructio ns are followed unt il the transmission is completed. â Medical devices Operation of any radio transmitting equipment, includin g wireless phones, may interfere wit h the functionality of inadequately protec ted medical devices. Cons ult a physician or the manufactu rer of the medi cal device to determine if the y are adequately shielded from exte rnal RF energy or if you have any questions. Switch off your device in health care facilitie s when any regu latio ns post ed in t hes e areas instru ct you to do so. Hospitals or health care facilit ies may be using equipmen t that could be sen sitive to exter nal RF energy . PACE MA KERS Pacemaker manufacturer s recommend that a m inimum separat ion of 6 inches (15.3 cm ) be maintained betw een a wireless device or phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemake r. These re commendation s are consistent with the ind ependent research by and recommendation s of Wirele ss Technology Research. To minimise th e potential for interference, p ersons with pacemakers sh ould ⢠always keep t he device mo re than 6 in ches (15.3 cm) from their pacemake r when the d evice is swit ched on 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 85 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 86 ⢠not carry the device in a breast pocket ⢠hold the device to the ear opposite th e pace maker to mi ni mis e th e potential for interference. If you have any reason to suspe ct that interference is taking place, switch off your dev ice immediate ly. HEAR IN G AIDS Some digital wireless devices may interfere with some hearing aids. If interferenc e occurs, consult you r service provider. â Vehicles RF signals may affect improperly installed or inadequ ately shielded electronic systems in motor vehicles such as elect ronic fuel injection systems, elec tronic antiskid (antilock ) braking s yst ems, el ectro nic spe ed control sy stems, ai r bag sy stems. For more information, che ck with the manufacturer or its representative of your vehi cle or any equipme nt that has been added. Only qualified personnel should service the device, or install the device in a vehicle. Fault y installation or service may be dangerous an d may invalidate any war ran ty th at may appl y to the device. Check regu larly that all wireless devic e equipment in your vehicle is mounted and operating properly. Do not store or carry flammable liquids, gases, or explosive materials in the same compartme nt as the de vice, its p arts, or e nhancem ents. For ve hicl es eq uipp ed wi th a n air bag, remember that an air bags inflate with great force. Do not place objects, including ins talled or portable wireless equipm ent i n the area o ver the air bag or in the air bag deployment area. I f in- vehicle w ireless equipm ent is improperly installed and the air bag inflates, serious injury co uld result. FCC regulations prohibit u sing your wireless d evice while in the air. The use of wireless telephones in an aircraft may be dangerous to the op eration of the aircraft, disrupt the wireless telephone network , and may be illegal. â Potentially explosive environments Switch off your device wh en in any area with a potentia lly explosive atmosphere and obey all signs and instructions. Poten tially explosive atmosp heres inclu de a reas wh ere you would normally be advised to turn off your veh icle engine . Sparks in such areas could cause an explos ion or fire resulting in bodily injury or even de ath. Switch off the devic e at refuelling points such as near gas pumps at servic e statio ns. Observe r estric tions on the use of radio equipment in fuel depots, storage, and distribution areas, chemical plant s or where blasting operations are in progress. Areas with a potentially explo sive atmosphere are often but not al ways clearly mark ed. They include below deck on boats, chem ical trans fer or st orage fa cilities, vehicles using liquefied petroleum gas 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 86 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 87 (such as propane or butane), an d areas whe re the air conta ins chemi cals o r particles such as grain, dust or m etal powders. Failure t o observe these instruc tions may lead to suspension or denial of telephone services to the offender, legal action, or both. â Emergency calls Impor tant: Wireless phones, including this device, operate using radio signals, wireless networks, land line networks, and user-programmed func ti ons. Bec aus e of t hi s, connection s in all conditions cannot be guaranteed. You should never rely solely on any wireless device for essential com munications like medical eme rgencies. To make a n emerge ncy ca ll, make sure your device is properly charged before atte mpti ng an y emerg enc y call s. If your battery becomes empty, you cannot receive or make ca lls, including emergency calls and must wait a few minut es after the ch arging begins to place yo ur call. 1. If the device is not on, switch it on. Check for adequate sign al strength. Some networks may require th at a valid UIM (CDMA SIM) card is properly inserted in the device. 2. Press the end key as ma ny times as need ed to c lear t he d ispla y and ready the devic e for calls. 3. Enter the offic ial emergency number for your present location , and pre ss the cal l ke y. Emer genc y numbers vary by location If certain features are in use , you may first need to turn those features off before y ou can make an e mergency call. If the device is in an offline or flight mode you mu st change the profile to activate th e device func tion before y ou can make an e mergency call. Consult th is guide or your service provi der. When m aking an e mergen cy call, give all the necessary information as accuratel y as possibl e. Your wireless devi ce m ay be th e onl y me ans of communica tion at the scene of an accident. Do not end the call unt il given permission to do so. â Certification information (SAR) THIS DEVIC E MEETS INTERN ATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVE S Your mobile device is a radio transmitte r and receive r. It is designed and m anufactu red not to ex ceed th e limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) recomme nded by international guidelines (ICNIRP). Th ese limits are part of comprehen sive guidelines and establish permit ted levels of RF energy for the general population. The g uidelines were developed by independent scie ntific organisations through periodic and thorough evaluatio n of scientific studies. The guideline s include a substantial 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 87 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 88 safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The exposure standard for mobile devices employs a unit of meas urement kno wn as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit stated in the internatio nal guidelines is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg)*. Tests for SAR are cond ucted using standard operating positions with the device transmitting a t its highest certified power level in all teste d frequency bands. Although the SAR is determine d at the highest certifie d power level, the actual SAR of the device while operating can be well below the maximum va lue. This is becaus e the device is designed to operate at multiple powe r levels so as to use only the power re quired to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base sta tion , the lo wer the po wer output of the device . The highest SAR value for this device when tes ted f or use at th e ear is 0.64 W/k g. SAR values may vary depending on national reporting and testing requ irem ents a n d t he ne two rk ba nd. Use of d evice accessories and enhancem ents m ay result in differe nt SAR values. Additional SAR information may be provi ded under product information at www.no kia- asia. com. * The SAR limit for mobile device s used by the public is 2.0 W /kg averaged over 1 0 gram s of body tissue . The guidelines incorporate a substantia l margin of safety t o give additio nal protection for the public and to accou nt for any variations in meas urements. SAR valu es may vary depending on national reporting requirement s and the network band. For SAR information in other regions, please look under product information a t www .nokia.co m. â Battery information This section provid es information about battery c harging times with the Travel Charger (AC -4) and the Standard Travel Charge r (AC-3), talk and standby t imes. Be aw are that th e information in this section is subjec t to change. For more information, contac t your service provid er. Chargi ng times The following ch arging times are approximate with the BL-6C Li-Ion battery: Travel Charger ( AC-4): Up to 1 hour 35 minutes Standard Travel Charge r (AC-3): Up to 3 hours 45 minu tes 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 88 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
Additional safety information 89 Talk and standby times Operation time s are estimates only and depend on signal strength, phone use, net work con dit io ns, fe atur es u se d, battery age and condition (inclu ding charging habit s), temperatures to which the batt ery is exposed, and other factors. Talk ti me: 3.5 to 4.0 hours (digital) Stan dby time: 6 - 10 da ys 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 89 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
90 MANUFACTURERâÂÂS LIMITED W ARRANTY NOTE! This Limited Warranty is in addition to, and does not affect your legal (statutory) rights under you r applicable national laws relating to the sale of consumer products. Nokia Corporation (âÂÂNokiaâÂÂ) provides this Limited Warranty to person who has purchased the Nokia product(s) included in the sales package (âÂÂProductâÂÂ). Nokia warrants to you that during the warranty period N okia or a Nokia authorised service company will in a commercially reasonable time remedy defects in materials, design an d workmanship free of charge by repairing or, should Nokia in its absolute discretion deem it necessary, replacing the Product in accordance with this Limited Warranty (unless otherwise required by law). This Limited Warranty is only valid and enforceable in the country where you have purchased the Product provided that it is intended for sale in that country. Warra nty Perio d The warranty period starts at the time of Product's original purchase by the first end-user. The Product may consist of several different parts and different parts may be covered by a different warranty period (hereinafter âÂÂWarranty PeriodâÂÂ). The different Warranty P eriods ar e: a) twelve (12) months for the mobile device and accessories (whether included in the mobile device sales package or sold separately) other than the consumable parts and accessories listed in (b) and (c) below; b) six (6) months for the following consumable parts and accessories: batteries, chargers, desk stands, headsets, cables and covers; and c) ninety (90) days for the media on which any software is provided,e.g. CD-rom, memory card. As far as your national laws permit, the Warranty Period will not be extended or renewed or otherwise affected due to subsequent resale, repair or replacement of the Product. However, repaired part(s) will be warranted for the remainder of the original Warranty Period or for sixty (60) days from the date of repair, whichever is longer . How to get wa rran ty serv ice If you wish to make a claim under the Limited Warranty , you may cal l the Nokia call center (where this is available and please note national rates apply to calls) and/or where necessary, return your Product or the affected part (if it is not the entire Product) to a Nokia care center or Nokia designated service location. Information about Nokia care centers, Nokia designated service locations and Nokia call centers can be fou nd at local Nokia web pages where available. You must return your Product or the affected part (if it is not the entire Product) to a Nokia care center or Nokia designated service location before the expiry of the Warranty Period. When making a Limited Warranty claim you have to present: a) the Product (or affected part thereto), b) the legible and unmodified original proof of purchase, which clearly indicates th e name and address of the seller, the date and place of purchase, the product type and the IMEI or other serial number . This Limited Warranty extends only to the original first end-user of the Product and is not assignable or transferable to any subsequent purchaser/end-user. Wha t is not cover ed ? 1. This Limited Warranty does not cover user manuals or any third party software, settings, content, data or links, whether included/downloaded in the Product, whether included during installment, assembly , shipping or at any other time in the delivery chain or otherwise and in any way acquired by you. T o the extent permitted by applicable law(s), Nokia does not warrant that any Nokia software will meet your requirements, will work in combination with any hardware or software applications provided by a third party, that the operation of the software will be uninterrupted or error free or that any defects in the software are correctable or will be corrected. 2. This Limited Warranty does not cover a) normal wear and tear (including, without limitation, wear and tear of camera lenses, batteries or displays), b) transport costs, c) defects caused by rough handling (including, without limitation, defects caused by sharp items, by bending, compressing or dropping, etc.), d) defects or damage caused by misuse of the Product, including use that is contrary to the instructions provided by Nokia (e.g. as set out in the Product's user guide) and/or e) other acts beyond the reasonable control of Nokia. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 90 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
91 3. This Limited Warranty does not cover defects or alleged defects caused by the fact that the Product was used with, or connected to, a product, accessories, software and/or service not manufactured, supplied or authorised by Nokia or was used otherwise than for its intended use. Defects can be caused by viruses from your or from a third party's unauthorised access to services, other accounts, computer systems or networks. This unauthorised access can take place through hacking, password-mining or through a variety of other means. 4. This Limited Warranty does not cover defects caused by the fact that the battery has been short-circuited or by the fact that the seals of the battery enclosure or the cells are broken or show evidence of tampering or by the fact that the battery has been used in equipment other than those for which it has been specified. 5. This Limited Warranty does not apply if the Product has been opened, modified or repaired by anyone other than an authorised service centre, if it is repaired using unauthorised spare parts or if the ProductâÂÂs serial number , the mobile accessory date code or the IMEI number has been removed, erased, defaced, altered or are illegible in any way and this shall be determined in the sole discretion of Nokia. 6. This Lim ited Warranty does not apply if the Product has been exposed to moisture, to dampness or to extreme thermal or environmental conditions or to rapid changes in such conditions, to corrosion, to oxidation, to spillage of food or liquid or to influence from chemical products. Other important not ices A third party , independent operator provides the SIM card and cellular and/or other network or sy stem on which the Product operates. Therefore, Nokia will not accept responsibility under this warra nty for the operation, availability, coverage, services or range of the cellular or other network or sy stem. Before the Product can be repaired or replaced, the operator may need to unlock any SIM-lock or other lock that may have been added to lock the product to a specific network or operator . Accordingly , Nokia does not accept responsibility for any delays in warranty r epairs or for the inability of Nokia to complete warranty repairs that are caused by the operator's delay or failure to unlock any SIM-lock or other lock. Please remember to make back-up copies or keep written records of all important content and data stored in your Product, because content and data may be lost during repair or replac ement of the Product. Nokia, in a manner consistent with the provisions of the section entitled âÂÂLimitation of Nokia's Liabilityâ below , to the extent permitted by applicable law(s), shall not under any circumstances be liable, either expressly or impliedly , for any damages or losses of any kind whatsoever resulting from loss of, damage to, or corruption of, content or data during repair or replacement of the Product. All parts of the Product or other equipment that Nokia has repla ced shall become the property of Nokia. If the returned Product is found not to be covered by the terms and conditions of the Limited Warranty , Nokia and its authorised service companies reserve the right to charge a handling fee. When repairing or replacing the Product, Nokia may use products or parts that are new, equivalent to new or re-conditioned. Your Product may contain country specific elements, including software. If the Product has been re-exported from its original destination country to another country, the Product may contain country specific elements that are not considered to be a defect under this Limited Warranty . Limitation of Nokia's liability This Limited Warranty is your sole and exclusive remedy against Nokia and Nokia's sole and exclusive liability in respect of defects in your Product. However , this Limited Warranty shall neither exclude nor limit i) any of your legal (statutory) rights under the applicable national laws or ii) any of your rights against the seller of the Product. This Limited Warranty replaces all other Nokia warranties and liabilities, whether oral, written, (n on-mandatory) statutory , contractual, in tort or otherwise, including, without limitation, and where permitted by applicabl e law , any implied conditions, warranties or other terms as to satisfactory quality or f itness for purpose. To the extent permitted by applicable law(s) Nokia does not assume any liability for loss of or damage to or corruption of data, for any loss of profit, loss of use of Products or functionality , loss of business, loss of contracts, loss of revenues or loss of anticipated savings, increased costs or expenses or for any indirect loss or damage, consequential loss or damage or special loss or damage. To the extent permitted by applicable law , NokiaâÂÂs liability shall be limited to the purchase value of the Product. Th e above limitations shall not apply to death or personal injury resulting from NokiaâÂÂs proven negligence. 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 91 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
92 Statutory obligat ions This Limited Warranty must be read subject to any statutory provisions that imply war ranties or conditions into this Limited Warranty that cannot be excluded, restricted or modified or cannot be excluded, restricted or modified except to a limited extent. If such statutory provisions apply, to the extent to which Nokia is able to do so, its liability under those provisions will be limited, at its option to, in the case of goods: the replacement of the goods or the supply of equivalent goods, the repair of the goods, the payment of the cost of replacing the goods or of acquiring equivalent goods, or the payment of the cost of having the goods repaired; and in the case of services: the supplying of the services again or the payment of the cost of having the ser vices supplied again. NOTE! Your Product is a sophisticated electronic device. Nokia strongly encourages you to familiarise yourself with the user guide and instructions provided with and for the Product. Please also note that the Product might contain high precision displays, camera lenses and other such parts, which could be scratched or otherwise damaged if not handled very carefully. All warranty information, product features and specifications are subject to change without notice. Nokia Corporation Keilalahdentie 2-4 FIN-02 150 Espoo Finland 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 92 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
93 Index A A few practical ru les about accessories and enhancem ents 81 Abbreviated dialling 55 About your de vice viii Activate 64 Activate a voice co mmand 58 Activate a n equaliser s et 47 Activate or deactivate 14 Alarm clock 65 Alarm con ditions 66 Allow numb ers 60 Allow or block adve rtisements 23 Allow o r block multimedia reception 22 An incomin g call 10 Answe r a call with the keyp ad locked 11 Antenna 6 Anyke y answer 52 Application settin gs 62 Assign a key t o spee d dial s 34 Assign a v oice tag to a c ommand 58 Assign a voice tag to an e ntry 35 Authentic ate hologram 83 Automate v oicemail 27 Automatic re dial 52 B Back cover removing 7 replacing 8 Backlight time -out 50 Backlight time out 50 Batteries and chargers 82 Battery 6 chargin g 8 chargin g times 89 information 82 , 89 removing 7 replacing 7 talk and standby times 90 Battery information 82 Business card s 38 C Calculator 70 Calendar 66 Call and setup voice mail 27 Call diverti ng 64 Call duration 30 Call register 29 Call restriction s 61 Call settings 52 Call sum mary 54 Caller groups 34 Calling card 53 Calls answering 10 in-call options 11 making 9 Camera 39 Cancel 64 Care and mainte nance 85 Certification inform ation (SAR) 88 Change case and mode 14 Change de fault number 34 Change ot her settings 20 Change sending options 20 Change speed dials numb ers 35 Change t ime 71 Charger connecting 8 information 82 times 89 Choose a banner 50 Choose Go to functions 5 Clear the cach e 76 Clear voic e mail icon 28 Collection s 77 Colour scheme s 50 , 51 Compose and send 15 Conferen ce calling 10 Con fig ure se tti ngs 38 Connection indicator 57 Connectivity 57 Contacts list 10 , 33 add 33 delete 37 edit 36 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 93 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
94 send 38 view 37 Countdown tim er 71 Create a cus tom eq ualise r set 47 Currency co nverter 70 D Data or fa x calls 54 Data transfer 54 Date and time aut o-update 52 Date setting 52 Delete a single message 19 Delete al l messages in a folde r 19 Del ete spe ed dia ls num bers 35 Deleting ca ll registers 30 Dial a number 36 Dialling cod es 28 Display language 55 Display settin gs 49 , 50 Distribution list 19 DTMF ton es 56 E Emergency calls 88 while using wireless Interne t 75 with keyp ad locked 56 Enhanceme nt settings 59 handsfree 59 headse t 59 music stand 59 Enha ncemen ts 81 ESN x Extras 77 F Facto ry settings 64 Feature codes 63 Find your ph one label x Folders 42 G Gall er y 42 , 44 Game s 77 Go to a date 66 Go to funct ions 5 H Handsfree 59 Hands-free operation 58 Headset 9 , 59 Hearing aids 87 Help x Help text 4 , 56 I Indicators and icons 2 Infrared 57 Insert diallin g codes 28 International pre fix 55 Interrupt tim er 71 K Keygu ard 12 automatic 55 Keypa d 9 Keys and parts 1 L Languages 55 Lap and split tim es 72 Last dial ed number 10 Listen to voi ce messa ges 27 Lock code 61 Lock co de security se ttings 4 Loc k the keypa d 12 Loudspeake r 11 M Make ca lls 54 ManufacturerâÂÂs limite d warranty 91 Measur e time 72 Media equa liser 47 Media player 44 Medical devices 86 Memory 55 , 77 Mess age fo lders 18 Messages 15 delete 19 minibrowser message s 28 text messa ges 15 voice me ssages 26 Minibrowser 74 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 94 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
95 Minibrowser duratio n 32 Minibrowser messages 28 MMS folders 23 MMS settings 22 Mobile web 74 Mode 63 Multimedia messages 21 Music stand 59 N Navigate the mobile Inte rnet 75 Network services viii , 63 Nokia ba ttery authentic ation gui delines 83 Nokia PC Suite 79 Nokia support and contact information x Note a specific date 66 Notes 68 Numbers (123) 13 O Open 66 Open fold to ans wer 53 Operati ng en viron men t 86 Oper atio n not e 72 Opti ons 17 , 45 , 46, 58 , 73 Options whil e viewing a lis t of notes 67 Organiser 65 , 65â 69 Other MMS settings 23 P PACEMAKERS 86 PC conne ctivity 78 Personalise a profile 48 Phone at a glance 1 Phone keys 75 Phone lock 60 change lock co de 61 Phone menu s 3 Phone nu mbers with dialling codes 27 Phone settings 55 Poten tially e xplosiv e envi ronmen ts 87 Power saver 49 , 51 Predictive te xt 13 Preferred carrier 52 Profiles 48 Punctua tion and special ch aracters 13 Q Quick keys 2 R Radio 44 Read mes sage 16 Read multimedia messages 25 Receive calendar no tes 68 Record a v ideo clip 40 Record spee ch or sound 46 Repeat alarm 65 Reply to message 17 Reply to multimedia mes sage 26 Restore factory s ettings 64 Retrieve or rej ect multimedia mess ages 23 Ringing ton e for no caller ID 55 Roaming options 63 S Safety vii important safety information 86 Save an entry 33 Save co ntact name and number 33 Save conta ct number only 33 Save information 53 Save messages 18 Save nu mbers an d text item s 33 Screen saver 49 , 50 Scrolling 3 Search for a nam e 38 Security s ettings 60 Self-timer 41 Send a bus iness card 38 Send a note 68 Send and receive data 57 Set time 52 Set length 56 Set or change alarm setting 65 Set the alarm tone 65 Set the timer 71 Set type 56 Setting up phone 6 Settings 41 , 48 Sha red memo ry ix 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 95 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM
96 Snooze time-out 65 Speed dial 53 Speed dials 34 Standard mode 13 Standby mode 2 Start-up ton e 56 Stopwatch 71 T Taking photo 39 Talk and standby tim es 90 Templates 17 Text (Abc) 13 Text entry 13 , 14 predictive te xt 13 stan dard 13 Text messages 15 Themes 49 Time and date settings 52 Timed profiles 48 To-do list 69 To-do note add 69 view 69 Tone settings 51 , 62 Transfer with Windows Explorer 78 Tune and save a radio channe l 46 Turn an alarm off 66 Turn phone off 9 Turn phone on 9 Turn the radio on and off 45 U UIM ca rd s lot 7 Unlo ck the ke ypad 12 USB data transfer 78 V Vehic les 87 Video ringing tone 55 View call duration 30 call times 30 data/fax call duration 31 dialled numbers 30 minibrowser duration 31 missed calls 29 received calls 29 saved messages 18 to-do no te 69 View notes ( day view ) 67 Voice dialling 35 , 57 Voice me ssages 26 Voice privac y 62 Voice recorder 46 Voice t ags 36 Voicem ail 26 Volume adjusting 11 using th e loudspeaker 11 W Wallpaper 49 , 50 Wireless I nternet 74 make an em erge ncy ca ll 75 receive a call while onlin e 75 sign off 76 sign on 75 Write and s end multimedia messages 24 Write dow n voice mailbox number and process 27 9243644_6155_en_au .fm Page 96 Wednesday, Decem ber 28, 2005 11:28 AM